DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF THE PROPOSED EXPANSION OF LATERITE MINE IN AN AREA OF 14.714 HA BY SRI C.M. RAMASUDHAKAR REDDY AT SURVEY NO. 515/3 (P), RUDRAKOTA VILLAGE, KAVALI MANDAL, SPSR NELLORE DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
1. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 2. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 3. COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE 4. ANNEXURES
Terms of Reference: AP/NLR/MIN/09/2020/2106, dt.14.09.2020 Monitoring Period : October, 2020 – December, 2020 Project Cost : 40 lakhs
Project No. 0221-02-07 February, 2021 Studies and Documentation By Submitted By TEAM Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy NABET – Certificate No: NABET/ EIA/ No. 8/111, R.S Road, 1821/ SA 0114, dt.04.09.2020 R.S Kodur, Y S R Nellore District, B-115 to 117& 509, Annapurna Block, Andhra Pradesh - 516 101 Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad-500 038 Mobile No. +91 94400 08434. Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Telefax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected]
SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, REGIONAL OFFICE, NELLORE SRI C.M. RAMASUDHAKAR REDDY SURVEY NO. 515/3 (P), RUDRAKOTA VILLAGE, KAVALI MANDAL, SPSR NELLORE DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
1. ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
Studies and Documentation By Submitted By Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy TEAM Labs and Consultants No. 8/111, R.S Road, B-115 to 117 & 509, Annapurna Block, R.S Kodur, Y S R Nellore District, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Andhra Pradesh - 516 101 Hyderabad-500 038 Mobile No. +91 94400 08434. Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Telefax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected] SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, REGIONAL OFFICE, NELLORE CONTENTS
Section Chapter Page. No
1.0 Introduction 1.1 Introduction 1-1 1.2 Purpose of the Report 1-1 1.3 Brief Background of the Project 1-2 1.4 Mining Method 1-2 1.5 Mine Location 1-2 1.6 Environmental Impact Assessment 1-4 1.7 Scope of EIA Studies 1-8 1.8 Clearance requirement for the project 1-8
2.0 Project Description 2.0 Introduction 2-1 2.1 Land use pattern of the mine lease area 2-1 2.2 Geology of the area 2-2 2.2.1 Topography 2-2 2.2.2 Regional Geology 2-2 2.2.3 Local Geology 2-2 2.3 Reserves 2-4 2.4 Conceptual Mining plan 2-6 2.5 Mining Technology 2-8 2.6 Development and production 2-8 2.7 Machinery Requirement 2-10 2.8 Employment Potential 2-10 2.9 Site Services 2-11 2.10 Fire Fighting Facilities 2-11 2.11 Water Requirement 2-11 2.12 Effluent generation and groundwater 2-12 2.13 Crushing and Screening Plant 2-12 2.14 Reclamation and Rehabilitation 2-12 2.15 Details of Cluster Projects 2-12
3.0 Description of the Environment 3.1 Introduction 3-1 3.2 Land Environment 3-1 3.2.1 Physiography 3-1 3.2.2 Geology 3-7 3.2.3 Hydrogeology 3-7 3.2.4 Soils 3-10 Section Chapter Page. No 3.3 Water Environment 3-15 3.3.1 Surface Water Resources 3-15 3.3.1.1 Surface Water Quality 3-15 3.3.1.2 Ground Water Resources 3-17 3.3.1.3 Quality of Ground Water 3-17 3.4 Air Environment 3-21 3.4.1 Meteorology 3-21 3.4.2 Meteorological Station at Mine Lease area 3-24 3.4.3 Ambient Air Quality 3-27 3.4.4 Scope of Field Study 3-30 3.4.5 Description of Sampling Locations 3-31 3.4.6 Ambient Air Quality Status 3-32 3.4.7 Noise Environment 3-34 3.4.8 Traffic Study 3-37 3.5 Socio Economic Environment 3-37 3.5.1 Demography 3-37 3.5.2 Population Distribution 3-37 3.5.3 Literacy 3-38 3.5.4 Employment/Occupation 3-39 3.5.5 Living Standards and Infrastructure 3-42 3.5.6 Land Utilization 3-43 3.5.7 Project Economy 3-44 3.6 Ecology 3-45
4.0 Anticipated Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures 4.0 Identification of Impacts 4-1 4.1 Environmental impacts from mining and associated infrastructure 4-1 4.1.1 Impact Networks 4-4 4.2 Prediction and Assessment of Impacts 4-8 4.2.1 Methodology of Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix 4-8 4.2.2 Air Environment 4-12 4.2.3 Details of Mathematical Modeling 4-15 4.2.4 Emissions from Mining activity and transportation 4-17 4.2.5 Air Quality Predictions 4-19 4.3 Occupational Health Hazards Due to Dust Pollution 4-25 4.4 Noise Environment 4-25 4.4.1 Prediction of Impact on Noise Quality 4-26 4.4.2 Occupational Health Hazards of Noise Pollution 4-29 4.5 Ground Vibrations 4-29 4.6 Water Environment 4-30 4.7 Land Environment 4-34 4.8 Biological Environment 4-37 Section Chapter Page. No 4.9 Socio-economic Environment 4-42 4.10 Prediction of Impact on Vehicular Traffic 4-45
5.0 Analysis of Alternatives 5.0 Introduction 5-1 5.1 Alternative Sites 5-1 5.2 Alternatives in Technology 5-1
6.0 Environmental Monitoring Program 6.1 Introduction 6-1 6.1.1 Objectives 6-1 6.1.2 Methodology 6-1 6.1.3 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring 6-2 6.1.4 Water Quality Monitoring 6-3 6.1.5 Noise Level Monitoring 6-7 6.1.6 Responsibility of Monitoring and Reporting System 6-8 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Budget 6-8
7.0 Additional Studies (Risk Assessment) 71 Introduction 7-1 7.2 Objectives and Scope 7-1 7.3 Mining Activity 7-1 7.4 Hazard Identification 7-1 7.5 Hazard Analysis 7-3 7.6 Disaster Management 7-3 7.6.1 Clearance 7-4 7.6.2 Construction of Services 7-4 7.6.3 Failure of Pit Slopes 7-4 7.6.4 Transportation 7-5 7.6.5 House Keeping 7-5 7.7 Disaster Management Plan 7-5 7.7.1 Objective of Disaster Management Plan 7-6 7.7.2 Communication System 7-6 7.7.3 Facilities 7-6 7.7.4 Personal 7-6 7.7.5 Operating Procedure 7-6
8.0 Project Benefits 8.0 Introduction 8-1
9.0 Environment Cost Benefit Analysis Section Chapter Page. No 9.0 Introduction 9-1
10.0 Environment Management Plan 10.0 Introduction 10-1 10.1 Sources of Pollution and Control Measures 10-1 10.2 Air Pollution and its Control 10-1 10.3 Greening program 10-2 10.4 Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control 10-2 10.5 Noise pollution and its control 10-3 10.6 Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Exposure 10-3 10.7 Water Quality Management 10-3 10.7.1 Water Resources 10-3 10.7.2 Rain water Harvesting Plan 10-3 10.8 Soil Conservation Measures 10-5 10.9 Afforestation / Greenbelt Plan 10-6 10.10 Waste Management 10-8 10.11 Environmental Management System (EMS) 10-8 10.12 Environment Policy 10-9 10.13 Socio- Economic Development 10-10 10.14 Corporate Environmental Responsibility Action Plan 10-10 10.15 Environment Management Cell 10-11 10.16 Other Management Aspects 10-12 10.17 Occupational Health and Protective Measures 10-13 10.18 Cost proposed for Environmental Protection Measures 10-14
11.0 Summary and Conclusion
IV ANNEXURES A-1 Copy of Mining Lease, AMP Letter and Google Earth Map A-1 List of Tables 1.1 Salient features of the study area 1-2 1.2 The Geo coordinates of the mine lease area 1-4 1.3 Required Approvals and Applicable statutes 1-9
2.1 Details of the Lease Area 2-1 2.2 Land use Pattern of the Mine Lease Area 2-2 2.3 Geological reserves 2-5 2.4 Year wise production 2-8 2.5 List of Machinery 2-10 2.6 Employment Potential 2-11 2.7 Water Requirement 2-12
3.1 Details of the mine lease location and Study Area 3-1 3.2 Soil Analysis Data 3-13 3.3 Soil Test Results – Reference Tables 3-14 3.4 Surface water Analysis Data 3-16 3.5 Locations of groundwater sampling 3-17 3.6 Groundwater analysis data 3-20 3.7 Normal climatological table 3-22 3.8 Frequency Distribution of Wind Speed and Wind Direction 3-25 3.9 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 3-31 3.10 Ambient Air Quality Data status 3-32 3.11 AQI Index Showing the Results of Ambient Air Quality 3-34 3.12 Effects on Human Beings at Different Noise Levels 3-36 3.13 Equivalent Noise levels in the Study Area 3-36 3.14 Population Distribution – Study Area 3-39 3.15 Literacy - Study Area 3-40 3.16 Employment - Study Area 3-40 3.17 Main Workers - Study Area 3-41 3.18 Land Utilization Pattern 3-44 3.19 List of ecologically important plant species observed 3-54 3.20 List of agricultural crops & commercial crops 3-56 3.21 List of plant species Recorded 3-57 3.22 List of Fauna and Their Conservation Status 3-64 3.23 listed birds are Least Concern under IUCN and Schedule - IV 3-65 3.24 List of Reptiles either spotted or reported from the study area 3-67 3-25 List of Amphibians either spotted or reported from the study area. 3-68 3.26 List of Butterflies either spotted or reported from the study area 3-68
Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - 4.1 4-2 Construction Stage 4.2 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - 4-2 Regular Operation Stage Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - 4.3 4-3 Incidents and Accidents Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - 4.4 4-3 Decommissioning 4.5 Impacts on Air Environment 4-13 4.6 Impact significance - Air Environment 4-14 4.7 Salient Features of the ISCST3 Model 4-16 4.8 Emission Details of Pollutants 4-18 4.9 Predicted GLC’s at Monitoring Locations 4-20 Cumulative AAQ Concentration at various locations in the Impact 4.10 4-21 Area 4.11 Impacts on Noise Level 4-28 4.12 Impact Significance – Noise Level 4-28 4.13 Noise Exposure Levels and Its Effects 4-29 4.14 Impacts on Surface Water 4-31 4.15 Impacts on Ground Water 4-32 4.16 Impacts Significance - Surface Water 4-32 4.17 Impacts Significance - Ground Water 4-33 4.18 Impacts on Land Environment 4-35 4.19 Impact Significance – Land environment 4-36 4.20 Impacts on Flora 4-39 4.21 Impacts on Fauna 4-40 4.22 Impact Significance – Flora 4-41 4.23 Impact Significance – Fauna 4-41 4.24 Impacts on Socio Economic 4-43 4.25 Impact Significance – Socio Economic 4-44 4.26 Modified level of services for connecting roads 4-45
6.1 National Ambient Air Quality standards 6-2 6.2 Indian Standard Drinking water specifications 6-4 6.3 Noise Level Standards 6-7 6.4 Environmental Monitoring Plan 6-7 6.5 Environmental Monitoring Budget 6-9
7.1 Details of Mine Lease Area 7-1 7.2 Trend of Accidents in Non-coal Mines - Cause Wise 7-3
10.1 List of plants identified for greenbelt and restoration of mine pits 10-7 10.2 CER Plan and Budget 10-11 10.3 Frequency of Health Monitoring 10-13 10.4 Environment Management - Cost Estimate 10-14
List of Figures
1.1 Mine Lease area Location and study area map 1-6 1.2 Mine Lease area Boundary Map 1-7
2.1 Surface, Geological plan 2-3 2.2 Geological Cross Sections 2-4 2.3 Conceptual Plan 2-7 2.4 Year wise Working Plan 2-9 2.5 Working cross sections 2-10
3.1 Base map of the study area 3-4 3.2 Geological map of the study area 3-6 3.3 Hydrogeological Map of the study area 3-9 3.4 Land use and land cover of the study area 3-11 3.5 Soil Sampling Locations 3-12 3.6 Drainage pattern of the study area 3-18 3.7 Water Sampling Locations 3-19 3.8 Wind Rose Diagram of the study period at mine lease area 3-26 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 3-31 3.10 Noise Sampling Locations 3-35 3.11 Population distribution of the Study Area 3-38 3.12 Literacy of Study Area 3-39 3.13 Employment of Study Area 3-40
4.1 Conceptual site model of mining activity (Site Preparation) 4-4 4.2 Conceptual site model of mining activity (During Mining) 4-5 4.3 Impacts on Air Environment 4-5 4.4 Impacts on Water Environment 4-6 4.5 Noise Impact on Surrounding Environment 4-6 4.6 Impact of Solid Waste on Soil Quality 4-7 4.7 Socio- Economic Environment 4-7 4.8 PM Ground Level Concentrations 4-22 4.9 PM10 Ground Level Concentrations 4-23 4.10 PM2.5 Ground Level Concentrations 4-24
10.1 Garland drain 10-5
ABBREVIATIONS
AAQ Ambient Air Quality AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring AAQMS Ambient Air Quality Management System AAQS Ambient Air Quality Standards AAS Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer ACO Accredited Consultant Organization ADMG Assistant Director of Mines and Geology AOI Area of Interest AIS&LUS All India Soil and Land Use Survey AMSL Above Mean Sea Level ANFO Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil AP Andhra Pradesh APC Air Pollution Control APSRTC AP State Road Transport Corporation APPCB Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board APHA American Public Health Association BIS Bureau of Indian Standards BGL Below Ground Level BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand CAZRI Central Arid Zone Research Institute CC Calcium Carbonate CCA Cultural Command Area CCR Central Control Room CEP Corporate Environment Policy CFPI Comprehensive Environmental Policy CFE Consent for Establishment CFO Consent for Operation CGWA Central Ground Water Authority CGWB Central Ground Water Board CHC Community Health Centre CO Carbon monoxide COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CREP Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection CRZ Coastal regulation zone CSR Corporate Social Responsibility CW Carriage Way CWC Central Water Commission DCF Deputy Conservator of Forest DDMC District Disaster Management Committee DDMG Deputy Director, Dept. Mines and Geology DEM Digital Elevation Model DFO District Forest Officer DG Diesel Generator DGMS Director General of Mine Safety DMF District Mineral Fund DMG Department of Mines and Geology DMP Disaster Management Plan DO Dissolved Oxygen DTH Down the Hole DS&T Department of Science and Technology EAC Expert Appraisal Committee EC Electrical Conductivity EC Environmental Clearance ECO Emergency Coordinating Officer EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EHS Environment, Health and Safety EMC Environment Management Cell EMP Environment Management Plan / Environmental Monitoring Programme EMS Environment Management System EPA Environment Protection EPO Emergency planning officer ERDAS Earth Resources Data Analysis System ESC Enterprise Social Commitment FAE’s Functional Area Experts FCC False Colour Composite FDL Fugitive Dust Level FDM Fugitive Dispersion Model FPS Fine Particulate Sampler F&EI Fire and Explosion Index GCP Ground Control Points GEC Ground Water Estimation Committee GIS Geographic information system GLC’s Ground Level Concentrations GoI Government of India GPS Global Positioning System GSI Geological Survey of India GW Ground Water GWEC Ground Water Estimation Committee HC Hydrocarbon HEME Heavy Earth Moving Equipment HEMM Heavy Earth Moving Machinery HFL Highest Flood Level HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus HoD Head of Department HSD High Speed Diesel HWA Hazardous Waste Authorization I&C Industries and Commerce IMD India Meteorological Department IRC Indian Roads Congress IRS Indian Remote Sensing Satellite IS Indian Standards ISCST3 Industrial Source Complex Short Term-3 ISO International Organization of Standardization ITE Institute of Transportation Engineers IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature LoI Letter of Intent LPG Liquefied petroleum gas LU/LC Land Use/Land Cover LUS Land Use Study MC Magnesium Carbonate MCDR Mineral Conservation and Development Rules MCPA Million Cubic Metre per Annum MHHS Multi House Hold Survey ML Mine Lease MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change MoU Memorandum of Understanding MMR Metalliferous Mines Regulation mRL Meter Reduced Level MSL Mean Sea Level NAAQs National Ambient Air Quality Standards NABET National Accreditation Board of Education and Training NABL National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories NBSSLP National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning NDIR Non-Depressive Infrared Spectroscopy NGO Non-Governmental Organization NH National Highway NH3 Ammonia NHS National Hydrological Service NMHC Non-Methane Hydrocarbons NMP National Mineral Policy NOC No Objection Certificate NOX Oxides of nitrogen NONEL Non-Electric NRBPT National Registration Board for Personnel & Training NRSA National Remote Sensing Agency NRSC National Remote Sensing Centre OB Over Burden OBC Other Backward Class OHS Occupational Health and Safety OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHAs Occupational Safety and Health Administration Specification PAH Poly nuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons PCA Primary Census Abstract PCU Passenger Car Units PDCR Plan, Do, Check and Review PESO Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organization PF Protected Forest PFR Pre-Feasibility Report PM10 particulate matter (size less than 10 μg) or PM10, μg/m3 pH Potential of Hydrogen PHC Public Health Centres PM Particulate matter PM2.5 Particulate matter (size less than 2.5 μg) or PM2.5, μg/m3 PPE’s Personal protective equipment’s PPV Peak Particle Velocity PUCC Pollution Under Control Certificate PWD Public Works Department QCI Quality Control of India RA Risk Assessment RDS Respirable Dust Sampler REET Rare, Endangered, Endemic, Threatened RF Reserve Forest RO Regional office / Reverse Osmosis ROM Run of Mine ROW Right of Way R&R Rehabilitation and Resettlement RQP Recognised Qualified Person RS Railway Station RSPM Respirable particulate matter SAR Sodium Absorption Ratio SC Scheduled Caste SEAC State Level Expert Appraisal Committee SEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority SH State Highway SHE Safety, Health & Environment SIA Social Impact Assessment SOI Survey of India SO2 Sulfur dioxide SOP Standard Operating Procedure SPCB’s State Pollution Control Boards SPM Suspended Particulate Matter ST Scheduled Tribe STP Sewage Treatment Plant SW Surface Water TC Total Carbonate TDS Total Dissolved Solids TNT Tri Nitro Toluene ToR Terms of Reference TSS Total Suspended Solids TW Tube Well UNFC United Nations Framework Classification USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency VT Vocational Training VM Volatile Matter WCP Wildlife Conservation Plan WL Wild Life WGS-84 World Geodetic System 1984
Units Cu M Cubic meter dB (A) Decibel dia diameter gm/sec gram per second gm/cc gram per cubic mete ha Hectare hr/day Hour per d ay HP Horse Power kg Kilogram Kg/hr Kilogram per hour Kg/ha Kilogram per hectare KLD kilo liter per Day km Kilometre KW Kilo Watt LPS Litres per Second mg/l Milligram per Litre m meter mm milli meter mMTPA Million metric Tons per Annum NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit PPM Parts Per Million Sq.km Square Kilo meter t Tones TPA Tonnes Per Annum TPD Tones Per Day TPH Tons Per Hour t/hr Tones per hour µg/ m3 Micro gram per meter cube µm Micro Meter
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.
EIA coordinator:
Name: Srinivasa Reddy Manchala
Signature and Date: March 1, 2021
Period of involvement: September, 2020 to till date
Contact information: Team Labs and Consultants, B115 - 117, 509, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad 500038.
Functional area experts:
Functi Involvement S. Name of the Signature and date onal (period and task**) No. expert/s areas Period of involvement: October 2020 till date 1 AP M. Srinivasa Site visit, Design of AAQ network, supervision Reddy of AAQ monitoring, Compilation of emissions and characteristics, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for AP, Preparation of monitoring plan for AP. 2 HW M. Srinivasa Site visit, Characterization of solid wastes, Reddy storage, and disposal plan for various solid wastes, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for SHW. 3 RH M. Srinivasa Site visit, assessment of hazop reports, Reddy identification of sources of hazards, assessment of storages proposed in comparison with statutory regulations and calculation of FETI to assess the scope of risk assessment, preparation of isopleths for various scenarios as part of consequence analysis, identification of mitigation measures preparation of disaster management plan.
i i-1 Team Labs and consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4 AQ M. Srinivasa Assisting AP FAE in identifying the AAQ Reddy monitoring stations by providing normal climatological and other historical data, Identification of Micrometeorological data monitoring station, supervision of met data collection using Automatic weather station, Preparation of emission details, Air quality impact prediction modeling, Calculation of work room concentrations of solvents using box model, Assessment of results and preparation of isopleths, assisting the AP FAE and EIA coordinator in preparation of EMP. 5 WP G.V.Reddy Site visit, identification of monitoring stations, supervision of sampling, Characterization of effluent, effluent treatment, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for WP, Preparation of monitoring plan for WP. 6 SE G.V.Reddy Site visit, primary and secondary data collection of the impact area, assessment of impacts due to the project on socio economic status and project economy, preparation of CSR plan, Preparation of SE part of EIA report. 7 EB I. Sivarama Site visit, primary and secondary data collection Krishna related to ecology and biodiversity, assessment of impacts based on IAIA guidelines, preparation of mitigation measures and preparation of green belt plan and cost estimate, preparation of EB part of EIA report. 8 HG G.V.A. Identification of water sheds of the area by Ramakrishna preparing the drainage map, assessment of ground water potential of the site and impact area, preparation of rain water harvesting plan, assessment of impacts due to ground water abstraction and mitigation measures. 9 SC D. Sundar Identification of soil sampling locations and Rao characterization of the soils, interpretation of soil
analysis reports, assessment of impacts due to spillages, accidental releases of chemicals, effluents etc., and mitigation measures. 10 LU G.V.A. Preparation of land use land cover map using Ramakrishna satellite imagery, ground truth study, assessing the impacts due to project.
i i-2 Team Labs and consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization / authorized person
I, G.V. Reddy hereby, confirm that the above-mentioned experts prepared the EIA report for Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Name : G.V. Reddy
Designation: Director
Name of the EIA consultant organization: Team Labs and Consultants
NABET Certificate No: NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0114, Valid up to 24.09.2021.
i i-3 Team Labs and consultants
SRI C.M. RAMASUDHAKAR REDDY SURVEY NO. 515/3 (P), RUDRAKOTA VILLAGE, KAVALI MANDAL, SPSR NELLORE DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE
SUBMITTED BY STUDIES AND DOCUMENTATION BY Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy TEAM Labs and Consultants No. 8/111, R.S Road, B -115 to 117 & 509, Annapurna Block, R.S Kodur, Y S R Nellore District, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Andhra Pradesh - 516 101 Mobile No. +91 94400 08434. Hyderabad-500 038. Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Telefax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected]
SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, REGIONAL OFFICE, NELLORE
File No.AP NLR MIN 09 2020 2106 Goverment of India State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority Andhra Pradesh ***
To,
M/s C.M RAMASUDHAKAR REDDY Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy No. 8/111, R.S Road, R.R Kodur, Y S R Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh - 516 101 Mobile No. +91 94400 08434 Email: [email protected], Kadapa-516101 Andhra Pradesh
Tel.No.40237-48666; Email:[email protected]
Sub. Terms of Reference to the C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy, Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy No. 8/111, R.S Road, R.R Kodur, Y S R Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh - 516 101 Mobile No. +91 94400 08434
Dear Sir/Madam,
This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are given below: 1. Proposal No.: SIA/AP/MIN/56329/2020
2. Name of the Proposal: C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy
3. Category of the Proposal: Non-Coal Mining
4. Project/Activity applied for: 1(a) Mining of minerals
5. Date of submission for TOR: 05 Sep 2020
Date : 14-09-2020
Sri P.V. Chalapathi Rao, I.F.S. ( Member Secretary )
Office : State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), O/o Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board, D.No.33-26-14 D/2, Near Sunrise Hospital, Pushpa Hotel Centre, Chalamavari Street, Kasturibaipet, Vijayawada-520010, Andhra Pradesh. Phone No : 48666 Mobile : 9440008434 Email id : [email protected]
Note : This is auto tor granted letter.
In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation as follows: STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for "Mining of Minerals" as per the EIA Notification, 2006 has been devised to improve the quality of the reports and facilitate decision-making transparent and easy. TOR will help the project proponents to prepare report with relevant project specific data and easily interpretable information. TOR for mining of minerals is expected to cover all environmental related features. Mining of minerals plays a positive role in the process of country's economic development. In addition to the contribution towards economic growth, mining can also be a major source of degradation of physical as well as social environment, unless it is properly managed. Environmental impacts can arise during all activities of the mining process. Minimizing the damage due to mining operations depends on sound environmental practices in a framework of balanced environmental legislation. The potential adverse effects of mining activities include air pollution, surface and groundwater pollution, noise and vibration, damage to local ecology, natural topography and drainage, depletion of water resources etc. All these environmental components are required to be considered while selecting a proper methodology of mining, mitigation measures to reduce pollution load, conservation of natural resources etc. The projects of mining of minerals as stated in the schedule require prior environment clearance under the EIA notification, 2006. Category 'A' Projects are handled in the MoEF&CC and Category 'B' projects are being handled by the respective State Environment Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAAs) notified by MoEF&CC and following the procedure prescribed under the EIA Notification, 2006. As per this Notification, as amended, the projects of mining of minor minerals with mining lease area equal to or greater than 50 hectare are to be handled at the level of the MoEF&CC for grant of EC. Such projects with mining lease area less than 50 hectare are to be handled by the respective State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA). 1(a):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR NON-COAL MINING PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT
1) Year-wise production details since 1994 should be given, clearly stating the highest production achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed whether there had been any increase in production after the EIA Notification 1994 came into force, w.r.t. the highest production achieved prior to 1994.
2) A copy of the document in support of the fact that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be given.
3) All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and Public Hearing should be compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management, mining technology etc. and should be in the name of the lessee.
4) All corner coordinates of the mine lease area, superimposed on a High Resolution Imagery/ toposheet, topographic sheet, geomorphology and geology of the areashould be provided. Such an Imagery of STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
the proposed area should clearly show the land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone). 5) Information should be provided in Survey of India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating geological map of the area, geomorphology of land forms of the area, existing minerals and mining history of the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics. 6) Details about the land proposed for mining activities should be givenwith information as to whether mining conforms to the land use policy of the State; land diversion for mining should have approval from State land use board or the concerned authority. 7) It should be clearly stated whether the proponent Company has a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA Report with description of the prescribed operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/deviation/ violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? The hierarchical system or administrative order of the Company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions may also be given. The system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large,may also be detailed in the EIA Report. 8) Issues relating to Mine Safety, including subsidence study in case of underground mining and slope study in case of open cast mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed. The proposed safeguard measures in each case should also be provided. 9) The study rea will comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data contained in the EIA such as waste generation etc. should be for the life of the mine / lease period. 10) Land use of the study rea delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological features should be indicated. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass preoperational, operational and post operational phases and submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given. 11) Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent of land area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any, should be given. 12) A Certificate from the Competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any, in the project area. In the event of any contrary claim by the Project Proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees. 13) Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and virgin forestland involved in the Project including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
14) Implementation status of recognition of forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.
15) The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study area, with necessary details, should be given.
16) A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the study area and details furnished. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected area and accordingly, detailed mitigative measures required, should be worked out with cost implications and submitted.
17) Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar site Tiger/ Elephant Reserves/(existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated, supported by a location map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above, should be obtained from the Standing Committee of National Board of Wildlifeand copy furnished.
18) A detailed biological study of the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, endangered, endemic and RET Species duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on such primary field survey, clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any scheduled- I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan alongwith budgetary provisions for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost.
19) Proximity to Areas declared as 'Critically Polluted' or the Project areas likely to come under the 'Aravali Range', (attracting court restrictions for mining operations), should also be indicated and where so required, clearance certifications from the prescribed Authorities, such as the SPCB or State Mining Dept. Should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities could be considered.
20) Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly authenticated by one of the authorized agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such as mangroves, if any, should be furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling under CRZ would also need to obtain approval of the concerned Coastal Zone Management Authority).
21) R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project Affected People (PAP) should be furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs /STs and other weaker sections of the society in the study area, a need based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and action programmes prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating the sectoral programmes of line departments of the State Government. It may be clearly brought out whether the village(s) located in the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting of village(s) including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be discussed in the Report. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
22) One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March-May (Summer Season); October-December (post monsoon season) ; December-February (winter season)]primary baseline data on ambient air quality as per CPCB Notification of 2009, water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and other data so compiled presented date-wise in the EIA and EMP Report. Site- specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly for free silica, should be given.
23) Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map.
24) The water requirement for the Project, its availability and source should be furnished. A detailed water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the Project should be indicated.
25) Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the Project should be provided.
26) Description of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the Project should be given. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed in the Project, if any, should be provided.
27) Impact of the Project on the water quality, both surface and groundwater, should be assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if any required, should be provided.
28) Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect groundwater. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken and Report furnished. The Report inter-alia, shall include details of the aquifers present and impact of mining activities on these aquifers. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished.
29) Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing through the lease area and modification / diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out.
30) Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. Should be provided both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same.
31) A time bound Progressive Greenbelt Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular form (indicating the linear and quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be executed up front on commencement of the Project. Phase-wise plan of plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should be given.The plant species selected for green belt should have greater ecological value and should be of good utility value to the local population with emphasis on local and native species and the species which are tolerant to pollution.
32) Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the Project should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project in the present road network (including those outside the Project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the incremental load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered. Project Proponent shall conduct Impact of Transportation study as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines.
33) Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be provided to the mine workers should be included in the EIA Report.
34) Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report.
35) Occupational Health impacts of the Project should be anticipated and the proposed preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details of pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP. The project specific occupational health mitigation measures with required facilities proposed in the mining area may be detailed.
36) Public health implications of the Project and related activities for the population in the impact zone should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed along with budgetary allocations.
37) Measures of socio economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be provided by the Project Proponent should be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions may be given with time frames for implementation.
38) Detailed environmental management plan (EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed Project.
39) Public Hearing points raised and commitment of the Project Proponent on the same along with time bound Action Plan with budgetary provisions to implement the same should be provided and also incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project.
40) Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the Project should be given.
41) The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt out.
42) A Disaster management Plan shall be prepared and included in the EIA/EMP Report. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
43) Benefits of the Project if the Project is implemented should be spelt out. The benefits of the Project shall clearly indicate environmental, social, economic, employment potential, etc.
44) Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed:-
a) All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous page numbering.
b) Where data are presented in the Report especially in Tables, the period in which the data were collected and the sources should be indicated.
c) Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil, noise etc. using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited laboratories. All the original analysis/testing reports should be available during appraisal of the Project.
d) Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation should be provided.
e) The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining projects as devised earlier by the Ministry shall also be filled and submitted.
f) While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the Proponents and instructions for the Consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II(I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry, should be followed.
g) Changes, if any made in the basic scope and project parameters (as submitted in Form-I and the PFR for securing the TOR) should be brought to the attention of MoEF&CC with reasons for such changes and permission should be sought, as the TOR may also have to be altered. Post Public Hearing changes in structure and content of the draft EIA/EMP (other than modifications arising out of the P.H. process) will entail conducting the PH again with the revised documentation.
h) As per the circular no. J-11011/618/2010-IA.II(I) dated 30.5.2012, certified report of the status of compliance of the conditions stipulated in the environment clearance for the existing operations of the project, should be obtained from the Regional Office of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, as may be applicable.
i) The EIA report should also include (i) surface plan of the area indicating contours of main topographic features, drainage and mining area, (ii) geological maps and sections and (iii) sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area.
**** Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Compliance of TOR
Compliance of Terms of Reference Introduction
Compliance for the TOR letter Issued by SEIAA, Andhra Pradesh, Govt of India, vide letter no. AP/NLR/MIN/09/2020/2106, dt.14.09.2020.
Compliance of Terms of Reference
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance 1. Year-wise production details since 1994 should 2nd renewal of quarry lease deed be given, clearly stating the highest production executed work orders issued by The achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may Director of mines and geology, also be categorically informed whether there had Ibrahimpatnam vide proceedings no. been any increase in production after the EIA 2570/R3-1/2019, dt.22.11.2019 (valid Notification, 1994 came into force w.r.t. the up to 09.09.2019 - 08.09.2029) (copy highest production achieved prior to 1994. of renewal of Q.L is enclosed as Annexure-1). It is a fresh mine applying for Environmental clearance 2. A copy of the document in support of the fact renewal of Q.L copy is enclosed as that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the Annexure-1 in EIA report. mine should be given. 3. All documents including approved mine plan, Mining Scheme was approved by the EIA and public hearing should be compatible Deputy Director of Mines and with one another in terms of the mine lease area, Geology, Nellore Region vide letter production levels, waste generation and its no. 529/MP/NLR/Laterite/2019, dt. management and mining technology and should 04.11.2019. EIA report is prepared for be in the name of the lessee. same extent, same method of mining, same production, waste generation and its management. Mine lease area is 14.714 ha, Mining technology, Production capacity is presented in chapter-2.0 of EIA report. 4. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area, Corner coordinates of the mine lease superimposed on a High-Resolution Imagery/ area is superimposed on Survey of toposheet, topographic sheet, geomorphology India topo sheet and presented in and geology of the area should be provided. chapter-1 of EIA report, page no. 1-4. Such an Imagery of the proposed area should Land use and land cover of the area clearly show the land use and other ecological is presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA features of the study area (core and buffer zone). report. 5. Information should be provided in Survey of Land use and land cover of the area India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating is presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA geological map of the area, geomorphology of report. land forms of the area, existing minerals and mining history of the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics. 6. Details about the land proposed for mining The present mining lease area is iii-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Compliance of TOR
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance activities should be given with information as to granted to independent whether mining conforms to the land use policy entrepreneur. He prepared and of the State; land diversion for mining should approved the Environment Policy. have approval from State land use board or the Objective and Responsibility of the concerned authority. policy are presented in Environment Management Plan. 7. It should be clearly stated whether the proponent The present mining lease area is company has a well laid down Environment granted to an independent Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, entrepreneur. He has prepared and it may be spelt out in the EIA report with approved the Environment Policy. description of the prescribed operating Objective and Responsibility of the process/procedures to bring into focus any policy are presented in Environment infringement/deviation/violation of the Management Plan. environmental or forest norms/ conditions? The hierarchical system or administrative order of the Company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions may also be given. The system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large may also be detailed in the EIA report. 8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including Occupational Safety and Health subsidence study in case of underground mining measures are presented in EIA and slope study in case of open cast mining, report. Subsidence is not anticipated blasting study etc. should be detailed. The as it is an open cast mining activity. proposed safeguard measures in each case should also be provided. 9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone The study area considered is 10 km around the mine lease from lease periphery and around the periphery of mine lease the data contained in the EIA such as waste area (Refer EIA, page no. 1-4). NO generation etc should be for the life of the mine / Waste generation during plan lease period. period. 10. Land use of the study area delineating forest Land use and land cover map of the area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife study area is presented in chapter-3 sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of of EIA report. There is no national fauna, water bodies, human settlements and park, wildlife sanctuary within 10 other ecological features should be indicated. km of the mine lease periphery. Land Land use plan of the mine lease area should be use plan of the mine lease area is prepared to encompass preoperational, presented in chapter 2.0. operational and post operational phases and submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given. 11. Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps No over burden dump area is outside the mine lease, such as extent of land envisaged. Mine lease area is a area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R government revenue land, no forest issues, if any, should be given. land is involved, No R&R issue. iii-2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Compliance of TOR
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance 12. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in The proposed mine lease area is a the State Forest Department should be provided, government revenue land, no forest confirming the involvement of forest land, if any, land is involved. in the project area. In the event of any contrary claim by the Project Proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees. 13. Status of forestry clearance for the broken-up The proposed mine lease area is a area and virgin forest land involved in the govt land, no forest land is involved Project including deposition of net present value and no permission is required from (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA) them. should be indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished. 14. Implementation status of recognition of forest The proposed mine lease area is a rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other government revenue land and the Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of area does not belong to scheduled Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated. tribes and other traditional forest dwellers. 15. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study Vegetation and flora of the core zone area, with necessary details, should be given. and buffer zone are presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA report. 16. A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact There is no wildlife sanctuary within of the Mining Project on wildlife of the study 10 km radius of the lease periphery area and details furnished. Impact of the project and there is no wild animal on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other movement in core and buffer zone. protected area and accordingly detailed There is no schedule-I flora and mitigative measures required, should be worked fauna present in the 10km radius out with cost implications and submitted. from the mine lease periphery. 17. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, There is no Ecologically sensitive Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar area like National Park, site Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well as Wildlife/Bird sanctuary, Biosphere proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease Reserve, Wildlife Corridor, should be clearly indicated, supported by a Tiger/Elephant Reserve and location map duly authenticated by Chief Critically Polluted area within the 10 Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be km radius of the mine lease applicable to such projects due to proximity of periphery. the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above, should be obtained from the Standing Committee of National Board of Wildlife and copy furnished. 18. A detailed biological study of the study area Biological study of the study area
iii-3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Compliance of TOR
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the [core zone and buffer zone (10 km periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. radius of the periphery of the mine Details of flora and fauna, endangered, endemic lease)] is conducted. Flora and fauna and RET Species duly authenticated, separately of the study area separately for core for core and buffer zone should be furnished and buffer zone is presented in based on such primary field survey, clearly chapter-3.0 of EIA report. indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan along with budgetary provisions for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost. 19. Proximity to Areas declared as 'Critically There is no Critically Polluted area Polluted' or the Project areas likely to come within the 10 km radius of the mine under the 'Aravali Range', (attracting court lease periphery. restrictions for mining operations), should also be indicated and where so required, clearance certifications from the 'prescribed Authorities, such as the SPCB or State Mining Dept. should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities could be considered. 20. Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly Not applicable, The Mine lease area authenticated by one of the authorized agencies is away from CRZ. demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such as mangroves, if any, should be furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling under CRZ would also need to obtain approval of the concerned Coastal Zone Management Authority). 21. R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project The proposed mine lease area has no Affected People (PAP) should be furnished. settlements and hence R&R of village While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant does not arise. The mining lease area State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement does not belong to any scheduled Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs area and other weaker sections of the /STs and other weaker sections of the society in society. the study area, a need-based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and action programmes prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating the sectoral programmes of line departments of the State Government. It may be clearly brought out whether the village(s) located in the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting of Village(s) including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be discussed in iii-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Compliance of TOR
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance the report. 22. One season (non-monsoon) [ i.e. March – May The baseline study was carried out in (Summer Season); October to December (post the months of October, 2020 – monsoon season); December to February (winter December, 2020. Ambient Air Season)] primary baseline data on ambient air Quality Status of the study area is quality as per CPCB Notification of 2009, water presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall report. Water quality data, Noise be collected and the AAQ and other data so level data, soil analysis and flora and compiled presented date-wise in the EIA and fauna of the study area is presented EMP Report. Site-specific meteorological data in chapter 3.0 in EIA report. The should also be collected. The location of the monitoring locations are covered all monitoring stations should be such as to the directions in the study area. represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive recep to ₹. There should be at least one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre- dominant downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly for free silica, should be given. 23. Air quality modeling should be carried out for ISCST3 model is used for Air quality prediction of impact of the project on the air modeling for prediction of impact on quality of the area. It should also take into air quality including vehicle account the impact of movement of vehicles for movement for transportation of transportation of mineral. The details of the mineral, input parameters is model used and input parameters used for presented in chapter-4.0 of EIA modeling should be provided. The air quality report. Predicted and cumulative contours may be shown on a location map clearly concentrations are presented in indicating the location of the site, location of chapter-4.0 of EIA report. sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map. 24. The water requirement for the Project, its Water requirement for the project is availability and source should be furnished. A 5.4 KLD which shall be drawn from detailed water balance should also be provided. Rudrakoduru village/ storm water Fresh water requirement for the Project should storage. Water balance details are be indicated. presented in chapter-2.0. 25. Necessary clearance from the Competent Rainwater stored in the working area Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of will be used for dust suppression water for the Project should be provided. and greenbelt development. Domestic water is drawn from Chintaluru village/ storm water storage. 26. Description of water conservation measures Rain water will be diverted into proposed to be adopted in the Project should be working area by constructing drains given. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed to store and use for dust suppression in the Project, if any, should be provided. and greenbelt development. Details are presented in Environment iii-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Compliance of TOR
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance management plan, page no. 10-6. 27. Impact of the project on the water quality, both The ground water level is 22 m depth surface and groundwater should be assessed and at outside the lease area. There are necessary safeguard measures, if any required, no surface water bodies are having in should be provided. and around the mine lease area. Hence there is no impact on surface and ground water quality. However, the existing water quality analysis results are presented in chapter-3.0. 28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be The ground water level is 22 m depth shown whether working will intersect at outside the lease area. Hence there groundwater. Necessary data and is no intersect on ground water is documentation in this regard may be provided. observed. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken and Report furnished. The Report inter – alia, shall include details of the aquifers present and impact of mining activities on these aquife₹. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished. 29. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, No river is passing through the mine passing through the lease area and modification lease area. No modification / / diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of diversion is required. the same on the hydrology should be brought out. 30. Information on site elevation, working depth, The mining activity is carried out groundwater table etc. Should be provided both from north part to towards south in AMSL and BGL. A schematic diagram may direction. also be provided for the same. 31. A time bound Progressive Greenbelt Green belt development plan is Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular presented in Environment form (indicating the linear and quantitative Management Plan, page no. 10-7. coverage, plant species and time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be executed up front on commencement of the project. Phase wise plan of plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should also be given. The plant species selected for greenbelt should have greater ecological value and should be of good utility value to the local population with emphasis on local and native species and the species which are tolerant to pollution.
iii-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Compliance of TOR
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance 32. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to The number of truck trips required the Project should be indicated. Projected shall be 34 no’s per day. There shall increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project not be any adverse impact due to in the present road network (including those increased traffic as the existing outside the Project area) should be worked out, connecting road has low traffic indicating whether it is capable of handling the density. incremental load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered. Project proponent shall conduct Impact of transportation study as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines. 33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be Site services and other details are provided to the mine workers should be presented in chapter-2.0 of EIA included in the EIA report. report. 34. Conceptual post mining land use and Conceptual Plan is presented in Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas chapter-2.0 of EIA report. (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report. 35. Occupational Health impacts of the Project Occupational Safety and Health should be anticipated and the proposed measures are presented in EIA preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details of report. Frequency of Health pre-placement medical examination and Monitoring presented in EIA report. periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP. The project Specific occupational health mitigation measures with required facilities proposed in the mining area may be detailed. 36. Public health implications of the Project and Pre placement medical examination related activities for the population in the impact will be conducted and the periodical zone should be systematically evaluated and the medical examination will be proposed remedial measures should be detailed conducted to the mine workers. along with budgetary allocations. Details are presented in EIA report. 37. Measures of socio-economic significance and Socio economic development influence to the local community proposed to be including CER activities is presented provided by the Project Proponent should be in Environment Management Plan. indicated. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions may be given with time frames for implementation. 38. Detailed environmental management plan (EMP) The environment management plan to mitigate the environmental impacts which, is presented in chapter 10.0. should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed Project. 39. Public hearing points raised and commitment of Draft EIA report, Public hearing the project proponent on the same along with commitment will be incorporated in
iii-7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Compliance of TOR
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance time bound action plan with budgetary Final EIA report. provisions to implement the same should be provided and also incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project. 40. Details of litigation pending against the project, if No court case is pending against the any, with direction /order passed by any Court project. of Law against the project should be given. 41. The cost of the project (capital cost and recurring The capital cost of the project is cost) as well as the cost towards implementation ₹.40.0 lakhs and the cost towards of EMP should clearly be spelt out. EMP is 5.79 Lakhs. The recurring cost for EMP is 2.47 lakhs/annum. 42. A Disaster management plan shall be prepared Disaster management plan presented and included in the EIA/EMP report. in Chapter 7.0. 43. Benefits of the project if the project is The projects benefits are presented in implemented should be spelt out. The benefits of Chapter 8.0 the project shall clearly indicate environmental, social, economic, employment potential, etc. 44. Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed: - a) All documents to be properly referenced with The documents enclosed as annexure index and continuous page numbering. are properly indexed with continuous page numbers and the same is presented in contents also. b) Where data are presented in the report especially Baseline data for air, water, soil, in tables, the period in which the data were noise, flora and fauna was collected collected and the sources should be indicated. during the period of October, 2020 – December, 2020. c) Project Proponent shall enclose all the Analysis reports are enclosed in analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil, noise Annexure of final EIA report. etc. using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited laboratories. All the original analysis/testing reports should be available during appraisal of the Project. d) Where the documents provided are in a language noted other than English, an English translation should be provided. e) The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal Questionnaire for environmental of mining projects as devised earlier by the appraisal of mining project is Ministry shall also be filled and submitted. Enclosed. f) While preparing the EIA report, the instructions Instructions issued by MoEFCC are for the Proponents and instructions for the followed for preparation of EIA. Consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J- 11013/41/2006-IA. II(I), dt. 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry, should be followed. g) Changes, if any made in the basic scope and There is no change in the scope of the project parameters (as submitted in Form-I and project which was obtained TOR.
iii-8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Compliance of TOR
S. No Terms of Reference Compliance the PFR for securing the TOR) should be brought to the attention of MoEF&CC with reasons for such changes and permission should be sought, as the TOR may also have to be altered. Post Public Hearing changes in structure and content of the draft EIA/EMP (other than modifications arising out of the P.H. process) will entail conducting the PH again with the revised documentation. h) As per the circular no. J-11011/618/2010-IA.II (I) There is no Environmental clearance dated 30.5.2012, certified report of the status of obtained earlier for this project. compliance of the conditions stipulated in the environment clearance for the existing operations of the project, should be obtained from the Regional Office of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, as may be applicable. i) The EIA report should also include Surface, Geological plan and (i) surface plan of the area indicating contours of Geological Cross Sections is enclosed main topographic features, drainage and in chapter-2 of EIA report. Working mining area, plan and sections of the mine pit is (ii) geological maps and sections and presented. (iii) Sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area. 8. Contiguous and continuity mining us to be Mining operations starts in Northern submitted direction and follows in southern direction, continuity the mining will be followed. 9. Land use pattern Mine lease area Land use is Presented in Table 2.1, chapter 2 of EIA report and study area Land use presented in Figure 3.4, chapter 3.0 of EIA report. 10 Approach road and Transportation Presented in Chapter 4.0
iii-9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
CHAPTER 1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Introduction
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy obtained a mine lease to extract Laterite in an area of 14.714 ha using fully mechanized opencast method mining at Survey No. 515/3 (p), Rudrakota Village, Kavali Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh. Laterite is considered as minor mineral and is mainly used for pulverizing industries and cement industries.
Laterite is a soil and rock type rich in iron and aluminium and is commonly considered to have formed in hot and wet tropical areas. Nearly all literates are of rusty-red coloration, because of high iron oxide content. They develop by intensive and prolonged weathering of the underlying parent rock. Tropical weathering (laterization) is a prolonged process of chemical weathering which produces a wide variety in the thickness, grade, chemistry and ore mineralogy of the resulting soils. The majority of the land area containing laterites is between the tropics of cancer and Capricorn.
1.2 Purpose of the Report
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India (GOI) issued notifications vide SO 1533, dt. 14.9.2006, its amendments based on the directions issued by National Green Tribunal (NGT), New Delhi, vide O. A. No. 16 of 2016, dt.13.09.2018 and vide E.A.NO 55/2018 of O. A. No. 520/2016, dt. 11.12.2018 on Moefcc notification S.O.2269 (E), dt.01.07.2016 and S.O.3977 (E), dt.14.08.2018 and Office Memorandum dt.12.12.2018 issued in compliance with the hon’ble NGT orders, New Delhi, mandate prior environmental clearance for all mining leases across the country. The notification and its amendments based on NGT directions, and stipulate a three-stage process of scoping, public consultation and appraisal by State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) to issue prior environmental clearance. Accordingly scoping for preparation of environmental impact assessment (EIA) was done by the state expert appraisal committee (SEAC), which issued terms of reference vide Letter No. AP/NLR/MIN/ 09/2020/2106, dt.14.09.2020 for a production capacity
1-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
of Laterite expand from 50583 TPA to 184867 TPA in an area of 14.714 ha. The present study follows the prescribed TOR’s to prepare draft EIA/EMP report for public consultation, to facilitate informed view on the project by public/stakeholders.
1.3 Brief Background of the Project
2nd renewal of quarry lease deed executed work orders issued by The Director of mines and geology, Ibrahimpatnam vide proceedings no. 2570/R3-1/2019, dt.22.11.2019 for a period of 10 years (valid up to 09.09.2019 - 08.09.2029). Mining Scheme was approved by the Deputy Director of Mines and Geology, Nellore Region vide letter no. 529/MP/NLR/Laterite/2019, dt. 04.11.2019 for a production capacity of laterite – 184867 TPA. The capital cost of the proposed activity of mining is Rs.40 Lakhs.
1.4 Mining Method
The mining will be opencast fully mechanized opencast method, employing Poclains/excavators. The Quarrying is simply excavation, heaping at pit head and loading the trucks with the help of Poclain. The Quarrying will be done along the contours by forming benches at edge of the deposit near statutory buffer zone.
1.5 Mine Location and study area description
The salient features of the study area are presented in Table 1.1.
Table 1.1 Salient features of the study area
Particulars Details Fullly mechanized opencast method quarry for Laterite mine expansion from 50583 TPA to 184867 Name of the Project (s) TPA in an area of 14.714 ha by C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Name of the applicant M/s. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Survey No. 515/3 (p), Rudrakota Village, Kavali Location of the Project Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh. Project / Activity 1(a) Category (A/B1/B2) B1 New / Expansion / Modernization Expansion Project Product Laterite production from 50583 TPA to 184867 TPA
1-2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Particulars Details Capital Cost, 40 lakhs Land Use Pattern (Forest, Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Govt. land – 14.714 ha Latitudes (North) 14° 58' 30.76540"– 14° 58' 51.69179" Longitudes (East) 79° 59' 36.31738"– 79° 59' 56.01642" Survey of India sheet No 57 N/13 Elevation above Mean Sea Level (AMSL), m 19-22 m Seismic Zone: III as per IS: 1893 (part -1): 2002 and Seismic zone can be classified as Least Active seismic Zone North : Open Land East : Connecting road Site surroundings West : Cheruvu South : Connecting road Nearest Village Rudrakoduru village – 0.4 km – E direction Accessibility to site Road connecting – East direction Pepallavaripalem to Rudrakoduru road - 0.1 km - S Road access direction Nearest Town Kavali – 6.3 km – SW direction District Head quarters Nellore – 57 km – South direction Nearest Railway station Kavali – 6.3 km – SW direction Nearest airport Renigunta Airport – 156 km – SW direction Nearest Port Krishnapatnam Port – 76 km – SE direction Major Industries (Within 10 km radius) Nil within 10 km Buckingham Canal - 5.3 km - E, Water Bodies in buffer area Bay of Bengal - 6.4 km – E. the Project / Activity attracts the provisions of CRZ Not Applicable Rudrakota RF - 0.1 km - N, Maddurupadu RF - 0.9 km - SW, Reserve Forest Jammalapalem RF - 4.2 km - SW, Mocharla chalamcharla RF - 4.3 km - W and NW, Narayanapuram RF - 5.1 km – SW. Archaeological/ Historical/ Ancient Monuments Nil within 10 km Inter-state boundary and international boundary Nil within 10 km Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Nil within 10 km Eco-sensitive areas as notified under section 3 of the E (P) Act, 1986 Nil within 10 km
1-3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Particulars Details Critically polluted areas as identified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, Nil within 10 km
This land is non agriculture vacant land and does not involve forest land except some shrubs. The Mine lease area location is presented in Figures 1.1. The Geo coordinates of the mine lease area are presented in Table 1.2. (Terms of Reference No. 4) The mine lease area sketch is presented in Figure 1.2.
Table 1.2 The Geo coordinates of the mine lease area
latitude, N longitude, E 140 58' 33.97913" 790 59' 52.71560" 140 58' 30.76540" 790 59' 46.31430" 140 58' 38.33633" 790 59' 36.31738" 140 58' 39.81822" 790 59' 38.09173" 140 58' 41.23307" 790 59' 42.97775" 140 58' 47.51600" 790 59' 44.66078" 140 58' 51.69179" 790 59' 50.92846" 140 58' 48.12585" 790 59' 50.54164" 140 58' 47.89834" 790 59' 52.41605" 140 58' 46.65020" 790 59' 52.63126" 140 58' 45.98155" 790 59' 55.71730" 140 58' 43.60564" 790 59' 56.01642" 140 58' 41.45897" 790 59' 55.87789" 140 58' 37.47060" 790 59' 50.73146" 140 58' 34.53396" 790 59' 36.77072"
1.6 Environmental Impact Assessment (Terms of Reference No. 4)
Excavation, loading and transportation of laterite results in substantial dust and noise emissions apart from dust from haulage roads connected to approach road. The mining activity shall also have other detrimental environmental impacts necessitating mitigation measures. Sri C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy is conscious of their responsibility towards the society in minimizing the pollution load due to this project and accordingly decided to carry out the Environmental Impact Assessment to identify the negative and positive impacts and to delineate effective measures to control the pollution and to mitigate the environmental pollution in addition to identify effective measures to address residual impacts. there are two mines leases
1-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report within 500 m distance from the mine lease area, which are determinated, vide letter. No. 4357/M/1977, dt.18.06.2020, issued by AD Mines and Geology, Nellore. Sri C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy has appointed M/s. Team Labs and Consultants for the preparation of environmental impact assessment report.
The project applied for ToR number AP/NLR/MIN/09/2020/2106, dt.14.09.2020. The EIA report was prepared on the basis of TOR’s obtained from SEIAA, AP. The baseline data for preparation of this report was collected during October, 2020 – December, 2020.
The other studies such as socio-economic profile, land use pattern is based on secondary data collected from various Government agencies and validated through primary surveys. Field team of M/s. Team labs and Consultants worked in the study area during October, 2020 – December, 2020 and base line data for various environmental components i.e., air, water, soil, noise and flora and fauna and socio-economic status of people was collected in a circular area of 10 km radius by taking the mine lease area as the center point to assess the existing environmental status as per the guidelines specified by MoEF&CC, GOI. This report presents the results of environmental impact assessment study along with the environment management plan, necessary to contain observed environmental impacts of the project.
1-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 1.1 Mine Lease area Location and study area map
1-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 1.2 Mine Lease Area Boundary map
1-7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
1.7 Scope of EIA Studies
The definition of impact given by International Association of Impact Assessment (IAIA) “The difference between what would happen with the action and what would happen without it” was adopted for this study. Environmental impact assessment study involves three basic components; identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. The scope of EIA report is based on the TOR’s obtained from SEIAA - AP. Brief scope of EIA study is as follows;
➢ An intensive reconnaissance and preliminary collection of environmental information to plan field study.
➢ Field studies to collect preliminary information, particularly on the quality of the physical environment. Experienced scientists and engineers will collect the data.
➢ Base line data generation and characterization of air, water, soil, noise, vegetation and socio-economic status of the people in the 10 km radius area (impact zone) over a period of three months.
➢ A thorough study of the mining activity including provisions for pollution control, and environmental management that includes prediction of impacts and relevant mathematical modeling.
➢ Preparation of Environment Management plan for the cluster and for the present mine suggesting suitable methods for mitigating and controlling the pollution levels.
➢ Environmental monitoring plan is suggested for monitoring the pollution loads due to mining activity in the ML area, cluster area and in the surrounding impact area to ensure compliance with the statutory requirements and to check adequacy of environment management measures adopted.
➢ The reporting format shall follow the generic structure mentioned in the SO.1533, dt. 14.9.2006 and its amendments till date.
1.8 Clearance requirement for the project The statutory approvals required for this project and the applicability of various acts which consider environmental management are presented in Table 1.3.
1-8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 1.3 Required Approvals and Applicable statutes Responsible Ministries or Legal Instrument (Type, Reference, Year) Applicability Remarks Bodies Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Central Pollution Control Yes Consent to establish and to operate 1974 and amendments Board (CPCB), and Andhra need to be obtained Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Pradesh Pollution Control Yes Consent to establish and to operate 1981 and amendments Board (APPCB). need to be obtained Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rule Yes Prescribed noise standards to be 2000 and amendments adopted and followed Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Cess Yes Cess levy and returns to be Act, 1974 submitted Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 and Government of Andhra No Mine lease area does not consist of amendments Pradesh (Go, AP) and any forest land area. Government of India (GOI) Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and amendments National Board of Wildlife No No sanctuary, or national park (NBWL). located within 10 km radius Ancient Monuments and Archaeological sites & Archaeological Survey of No No archaeological monument within Remains Act, 1958 and amendment India 300 m of the mine lease area boundary. Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Central and State Pollution Yes Authorization for hazardous waste Rules, 1989 and amendments Control Board (CPCB/SPCB) storage, transport and disposal must be obtained. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Central government nodal Yes Prior environmental clearance vide amendments agency, MoEF&CC can SO 1533 dt. 14.9.2006 has to be delegate to state departments obtained. The project is categorized of environment as B, as the ML area is less than 100 ha vide s. no. 3 (a) of the schedule. Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Central / State Government No No displacement of People and no Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and acquisition of land. ML area is Resettlement Act, 2013 and amendments government land, leased out by Go, AP
1-9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Responsible Ministries or Legal Instrument (Type, Reference, Year) Applicability Remarks Bodies Mineral Conservation and Development Rules, Controller of Mines or the Yes Implementation of mine plan 1988 as amended Chief Controller of Mines including environmental management must be assured. The Metalliferous Mines Regulations, 1961 Government of India (GOI), Yes Annual Return for the year ending DGMS on the 31st December. Modified Mine Plan approved vide Letter No. 597/MMP/LAT/RJMV/ 2018, dt. 23.12.2019 Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Extension to Govt of Andhra Pradesh No The ML area does not fall under Scheduled Areas Rules, 2011 notified scheduled area. Water, Land and Trees Act, 2002, GOAP Govt of Andhra Pradesh Yes Permission to be obtained for (WALTA, act 2002) removing trees and also for establishing/registering the bore well. The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 State Transport Authority Yes Pollution under control certification for all vehicles plying in and out of the mine lease area. The Public Liability Insurance Act 1991 Insurance Company Yes Insurance against liability to give relief in the event of injury or fatality and damage to property due to the proposed mining activity.
1-10 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
CHAPTER 2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.0 Introduction Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy proposes to conduct fully mechanized opencast method quarrying for Laterite in an area of 14.714 ha at Survey No. 515/3 (p), Rudrakota Village, Kavali Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh. 2nd renewal of quarry lease deed executed work orders issued by The Director of mines and geology, Ibrahimpatnam vide proceedings no. 2570/R3-1/2019, dt.22.11.2019 for a period of 10 years (valid up to 09.09.2019 - 08.09.2029). Mining Scheme was approved by the Deputy Director of Mines and Geology, Nellore Region vide letter no. 529/MP/NLR/Laterite/2019, dt. 04.11.2019. Terms of reference (ToR’s) for preparing the EIA report as part of obtaining prior environmental clearance for a production capacity of Laterite expansion from 50583 TPA to 184867 TPA was obtained vide letter no. AP/NLR/MIN/09/2020/2106, dt.14.09.2020 from the Andhra Pradesh, State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority. The Capital cost of the proposed activity of mining is ₹.40 lakhs. The details of mining activity, production details, Cluster details and other concepts as envisaged in the approved mining plans are presented in the following pages. The details of Mine Lease area (MLA) are presented in Table 2.1.
Table 2.1 Details of Mine Lease Area Ownership Lease Survey State and District Mandal Village of the lease Area, ha number area Andhra Pradesh and Kavali Rudrakota 14.714 Govt. Land 515/3(P) SPSR Nellore
2.1 Land use pattern of the mine lease area (Terms of reference No. 10)
Total land of the lease area is 14.714 ha, consisting of active mining area, services, green belt and haulage road to be used during the plan period, with 1.704 ha of land area kept for future use. The details of land use are presented in Table 2.2.
2-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 2.2 Land use pattern of the Mine Lease Area
S. No Purpose Extent, Ha 1. Area proposed for quarrying 12.31 2. Road 0.3 3. Infrastructure (Office, rest shelter) 0.1 4. Green belt 0.3 5. Vacant 1.704 Total 14.714
2.2 Geology of the area
2.2.1 Topography
Topographically the quarry lease area is a small mound with a conspicuous height.
2.2.2 Regional Geology
The study area is underlain by variety of geological formations comprising from the oldest Archaeans to Recent Alluvium. The study area slope of the area is from west to east towards the Bay of Bengal. The study area covers more ferruogenious & low aluminum soils. It is ferruogenious laterite, formed from leaching of parent metamorphic rocks (schists, gneisses, migmatites). The predominant soils in this area red loam soils. The main geological sequence is as follows.
Recent Silica sand, laterite and clay., Nellore schist belt Alluvium and silica rich products. Dharwars Schist's, Phyllite etc., Archaeans Igneous rocks
2.2.3 Local Geology
Topographically the quarry lease area is a small mound with a conspicuous height of 7m to 8m from the ground level. In the area is here and there covered with small bushes and shrubs. The subject area comprises of Laterite. The surface, geological plan and Geological cross sections are presented in Figure 2.1 and Figure 2.2.
2-2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 2.1 Surface, Geological plan
2-3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 2.2 Geological Cross Sections 2.3 Reserves
Geologically the applied area falls is a small mound with a conspicuous height of 7 m to 8 m from the ground level. In the subject area is here and there covered with small bushes and shrubs. The subject area comprises of Laterite. The Laterite occurred in the area is formed from Gneisses it has chemical composition from Aluminum, Silicate. The subject area is belonging to Pleistocene age quaternary group. The laterite exposed is of thickness ranging about 4 m in NW – SE direction.
2-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
The geological reserves and mineable reserves are given in the table below in Table 2.3.
Table 2.3 Geological Reserves Sectional Cross section Specific Tonnage, Section Volume, m3 Area, m2 influence, m Gravity t A-A' 507 50 25350 2.4 60840 B-B' 647 50 32350 2.4 77640 C-C' 766 50 38300 2.4 91920 D-D' 746 50 37300 2.4 89520 E-E' 1217 50 60850 2.4 146040 F-F' 2404 50 120200 2.4 288480 G-G' 2346 50 117300 2.4 281520 H-H' 2101 50 105050 2.4 252120 I-I' 2619 50 130950 2.4 314280 J-J' 1332 50 66600 2.4 159840 K-K' 418 50 20900 2.4 50160 L-L' 370 38 14060 2.4 33744 Total 1846104 Deposit blocked under the buffer zone of 7.5 m with the boundary Sectional Cross section Specific Section Volume, m3 Tonnage, t Area, m2 influence, m Gravity A-A' 88 50 4400 2.4 10560 B-B' 85 50 4250 2.4 10200 C-C' 112 50 5600 2.4 13440 D-D' 109 50 5450 2.4 13080 E-E' 243 50 12150 2.4 29160 F-F' 227 50 11350 2.4 27240 G-G' 145 50 7250 2.4 17400 H-H' 126 50 6300 2.4 15120 I-I' 96 50 4800 2.4 11520 J-J' 105 50 5250 2.4 12600 K-K' 71 50 3550 2.4 8520 L-L' 55 38 2090 2.4 5016 Total 173856
2-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Deposit blocked under the buffer zone of 7.5 m with the boundary
Sectional Cross section Specific Section Volume, m3 Tonnage, t Area, m2 influence, m Gravity A-A' 19 50 950 2.4 2280 B-B' 14 50 700 2.4 1680 C-C' 20 50 1000 2.4 2400 D-D' 20 50 1000 2.4 2400 E-E' 35 50 1750 2.4 4200 F-F' 70 50 3500 2.4 8400 G-G' 70 50 3500 2.4 8400 H-H' 50 50 2500 2.4 6000 I-I' 15 50 750 2.4 1800 J-J' 40 50 2000 2.4 4800 K-K' 15 50 750 2.4 1800 L-L' 5 38 190 2.4 456 Total 44616
Reserves Available for Mining Description Quantity, Tons Total geological reserves 1846104 Reserves Blocked in 7.5 m buffer zone and Bench slopes 218472 Total mineable reserves 1627632 Available saleable reserves 1627632 Annual Production 184867 Life of the mine = Available Reserves/Annual Production= 8.8 or say 9 Years
2.4 Conceptual Mining Plan (Terms of Reference No. 34)
The mining operations will follow semi mechanized open cast method. The entire reserves estimated under proved except mineral blocked in 7.5 m buffer zone all along the lease boundary as per statutory requirement. Since it is a mechanized open cast mine the impact is less, the land degradation is limited to the extent of open cast benches used for mine roads. Conceptual plan is presented in Figure 2.3.
2-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 2.3 Conceptual Plan
2-7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
2.5 Mining Technology (Terms of Reference No. 03)
Quarrying will be proposed by fully mechanized opencast method by developing the bench height and width is 3m and with help of excavator for scooping the mineral and loading into the trucks. The Quarrying will be done along the contours by forming benches at edge of the deposit near statutory buffer zone.
2.6 Development and Production
During the plan period it is proposed to exploit the Laterite from north to south direction. The working advances northwards.
Ist Year:
In the first year three benches each slice 1.5m will be excavated from quarry applied area covering the area of 19098 m2 from this excavation about 184867 MT ROM will be excavated.
IInd Year:
In the second year three benches each slice 1.5m will be excavated from quarry applied area covering the area of 12484 m2 from this excavation about 184416 MT ROM will be excavated.
IIIrd Year:
In the third year three benches each slice 1.5m will be excavated from quarry applied area covering the area of 15142 m2 from this excavation about 184800 MT ROM will be excavated.
IVth Year:
In the fourth year three benches each slice 1.5m will be excavated from quarry applied area covering the area of 15796 m2 from this excavation about 184416 MT ROM will be excavated.
Vth Year: In the fifth year three benches each slice 1.5m will be excavated from quarry applied area covering the area of 29312 m2 from this excavation about 184848 MT ROM will be excavated. Year wise production generation is presented in Table 2.4.
2-8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 2.4 Year wise production Sectional Cross section Specific Section Volume Tonnage, t Area, m influence Gravity 1st year E-E' 566 43 24338 2.4 58411.2 F-F' 611 50 30550 2.4 73320 G-G' 615 36 22140 2.4 53136 Total 184867.2 2nd year E-E' 262 35 9170 2.4 22008 F-F' 1126 50 56300 2.4 135120 G-G' 1137 10 11370 2.4 27288 Total 184416 3rd year F-F' 1137 40 45480 2.4 109152 G-G' 985 32 31520 2.4 75648 Total 184800 4th year H-H' 985 18 17730 2.4 42552 I-I' 1285 46 59110 2.4 141864 Total 184416 5th year G-G' 615 14 8610 2.4 20664 H-H' 432 50 21600 2.4 51840 I-I' 485 50 24250 2.4 58200 J-J' 480 47 22560 2.4 54144 Total 184848
Figure 2.4 Year wise Working Plan 2-9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 2.5 Year wise Working Plan 2.7 Machinery Requirement
The list of machinery required for mining operation is presented in Table 2.5.
Table 2.5 List of Machinery
Machinery Quantity, No Excavators 2 Tippers 2 Water Tanker 1
2.8 Employment Potential
The proposed method of mining is opencast semi mechanized. Workers are required for loading of waste material and general purpose only. The employment potential is presented in Table 2.6. 2-10 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 2.6 Employment Potential
S. No Employee type Quantity 1. Mines Manager 1 2. Mine Mate 1 3. Clerk 1 4. Driver 2 5. Operators 1 6. Labours 2 Total 8
2.9 Site Services (Terms of Reference No. 33)
It is proposed to provide the site services like mine office and other statutory constructions like rest shelter, first aid, work shed and drinking water as required near the quarry lease area. The workers required shall be sourced from surrounding villages. Drinking water is obtained from Rudrakoduru village through tankers to mining staff and workers. A tractor mounted tanker is proposed for sprinkling of water mainly on village roads to suppress the dust generated due to vehicular movement. Fencing is also provided around the working pit to avoid accidental slippage of men and animals, while the worked-out pit is used as reservoir for storage of rain water. DG sets will be utilized during load shutdown by APTRANSCO and the emissions from the DG sets are released into atmosphere through 2 m height stack as prescribed by CPCB.
2.10 Fire Fighting Facilities
First aid Kit is proposed in the office Room, 24 hours Commander Jeep, 2 fire gas cylinders and 10 fire Buckets will be available in the site for use during emergency. Primary health center is located at Kavali which is at a distance of 7.0 km. Fire station and police station are located at Kavali and are well connected by roads. The 108 Ambulance services provided by the local authorities may be utilized by lessee during medical emergency.
2.11 Water Requirement (Terms of Reference No. 24)
Water requirement for the mine is mainly for maintaining green belt, water for dust suppression on the haulage roads to mitigate dust emissions and for domestic
2-11 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
purposes. The total water requirement is 5.4 KLD shall be drawn from Chintaluru village/ storm water storage. The rainwater stored in the worked-out pit is used for sprinkling, wet drilling and greenbelt development. The water requirement is presented in Table 2.7.
Table 2.7 Water requirement
S. No Water Usage Quantity, KLD 1 Water sprinkling on haul roads 2.5 2 Domestic Water 0.4 3 Green Belt 2.5 Total 5.4
2.12 Wastewater Generation
The generation of wastewater is from domestic source only; it is expected to be approximately 0.3 KLD, which is sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. The ground water is at 22 m outside the mine lease. The rain water accumulating at pit bottom in rainy seasons will be diverted to work out pit and reused. A low head diesel pump unit will be deployed to dewatering the working mine.
2.13 Waste Generation and management
No waste is anticipated to be generated.
2.14 Reclamation and Rehabilitation
The mineral bearing area will be mined out up to ultimate depth by maintaining proposed bench height and width of 1.5 m and 3 m respectively. After completion of mining operations and even after backfilling the part of mined out area, the remaining ditch shall be converted in to a pond. The rainwater will be collected continuously in the worked-out area and percolate in to the ground. The top bench shall be afforested with local species and plants.
2.15 Details of Cluster Projects
The MoEFCC through its legislation has issued a notification No. SO 141(E), dt.15.1.2016 through which it issued cluster guidelines for the purpose of obtaining
2-12 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Prior Environmental Clearance for the Mines. As per that SO every mine shall obtain prior EC for its operations and also EC for the entire cluster in case it falls in the definition of cluster. Accordingly, a letter was obtained from ADMG mines vide no. 4357/M/1977, dt.18.06.2020. Which mentioned that there are two mines leases within 500 m distance from the mine lease area.
2-13 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
CHAPTER 3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Introduction
Impact is defined as “The difference between what would happen with the action and what would happen without it” by International Association of Impact Assessment. Hence establishing the current status as baseline is an integral aspect of preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report. Baseline data reflects the present status of environment before the initiation of any activity of the proposed mining project. The possible effects due to proposed mining activity are estimated and superimposed on the compiled baseline data subsequently to assess environmental impacts.
The study was conducted in the impact area; 10 km radius area surrounding the Mine Lease area (MLA) during October – December 2020. Studies were undertaken to generate baseline data of micrometeorology, ambient air quality (AAQ), water quality (ground and surface water), noise levels, flora and fauna, land use and land cover, soil quality, and socioeconomic status of the community.
3.2 Land Environment
Land and soil constitute basic components of the physical environment. The mining activity may cause changes in land, land use, soil, and denudation processes in different intensities contingent on spatial proximity of the activity and receptors. Land and soil may get intensely altered within the mine lease area, and to some extent within 2 km radius due to development of the mining activity.
3.2.1 Physiography
The details of the mine lease location and Study area are presented in Table3.1.
Table 3.1 Details of the mine lease location and study area
Particulars Details Fully mechanized opencast method quarry for Laterite mine expansion from 50583 TPA to 184867 Name of the Project (s) TPA in an area of 14.714 ha by Sri C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Name of the applicant Sri C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Location of the Project Survey No. 515/3 (p), Rudrakota Village,
3-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Particulars Details Kavali Mandal, SPSR Nellore District Project / Activity 1(a) Category (A/B1/B2) B1 New / Expansion / Modernization Expansion Project Product Laterite production from 50583 TPA to 184867 TPA Capital Cost, 40 lakhs Legal Status of the Company Private Ownership / Occupancy Private Land Use Pattern (Forest, Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Govt. land – 14.714 ha Latitudes (North) 14° 58' 30.76540"– 14° 58' 51.69179" Longitudes (East) 79° 59' 36.31738"– 79° 59' 56.01642" Survey of India sheet No 57 N/13 Elevation above Mean Sea Level (AMSL), m 19-22 m Seismic Zone: III as per IS: 1893 (part -1): 2002 and Seismic zone can be classified as Least Active seismic Zone North : Open Land East : Connecting road Site surroundings West : Cheruvu South : Open Land Nearest Village Rudrakoduru village – 0.4 km – E direction Accessibility to site Road connecting – East direction Pepallavaripalem to Rudrakoduru road - 0.1 km - S Road access direction Nearest Town Kavali – 6.3 km – SW direction District Head quarters Nellore – 57 km – South direction Nearest Railway station Kavali – 6.3 km – SW direction Nearest airport Renigunta Airport – 156 km – SW direction Nearest Port Krishnapatnam Port – 76 km – SE direction Major Industries (Within 10 km radius) Nil within 10 km Buckingham Canal - 5.3 km - E, Water Bodies in buffer area Bay of Bengal - 6.4 km – E. the Project / Activity attracts the provisions of CRZ Not Applicable Rudrakota RF - 0.1 km - N, Maddurupadu RF - 0.9 km - SW, Reserve Forest Jammalapalem RF - 4.2 km - SW, Mocharla chalamcharla RF - 4.3 km - W and NW, Narayanapuram RF - 5.1 km – SW. Archaeological/ Historical/ Ancient Monuments Nil within 10 km
3-2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Particulars Details Inter-state boundary and international boundary Nil within 10 km Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Nil within 10 km Eco-sensitive areas as notified under section 3 of the E (P) Act, 1986 Nil within 10 km Critically polluted areas as identified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, Nil within 10 km
The mine lease area is Rudrakota Village, Kavali Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh bearing non-agriculture vacant land, and doesn't involve forest land. The vegetation in the mine lease area consists mainly of few scrubs and bushes. The Base map of the study area is presented in Figure 3.1. The road network map of the study area is presented in Figure 3.2. The forest map of the study area is presented in Figure 3.3.
3-3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.1 Base Map of the study area
3-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.2 Road network Map of the Study Area
3-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.3 Map Showing Reserve forests of the study area
3-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.2.2 Geology
The study area is underlain by variety of geological formations comprising from the oldest Archaeans to Recent Alluvium. The study area slope of the area is from west to east towards the Bay of Bengal. The study area covers more ferruogenious and low aluminum soils. It is ferruogenious laterite, formed from leaching of parent metamorphic rocks (schists, gneisses, migmatites). The predominant soils in this area red loam soils. The main geological sequence is as follows. Recent Silica sand, laterite and clay., Nellore schist belt Alluvium and silica rich products. Dharwars Schist's, Phyllite etc., Archaeans Igneous rocks
3.2.3 Hydrogeology
Ground water occurs in all most all geological formations and its potential depends upon the nature of geological formations, geographical set up, incidence of rainfall, recharge and other hydrogeological characters of the aquifer. Among the consolidated formations gneisses are relatively good aquifers. Schistose formations also form potential aquifers when the wells tapping contact zones with intrusive. The yield of the dug wells in this area range of 15 to 35 m3/day and reduce considerably during peak summer periods. The study area depth of dug wells ranges from 7 to 10 m, while the depth of filter point wells generally varies from 8 to 10 m. The study area site surroundings water level ranges from 6 to 10 m bgl. The bore well sustain pumping for 10 to 12 hours/day with fast recovery of water levels in this area. The site area exists dendritic drainage pattern, drainage flow from west to east direction. The proposed mining requires 5.4 KLD of water, which shall be drawn from Rudrakoduru village/storm water storage in worked out pit. Hydro geological map of the study area is presented in Figure 3.5.
3-7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.4 Geological map of the study area
3-8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.5 Hydrogeological map of the study area
3-9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.2.4 Soils (Terms of Reference No. 22)
Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust that serves as a natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental factors such as parent materials, climate, organisms, and Physico-chemical action of wind, water, and sunlight, all acting over a period of time. Soil differs from the parent materials in the morphological, physical, chemical, and biological properties. Also, soil differs among them in some or all the genetic or environmental factors, therefore, some soils are yellow, some are black, some are coarse-textured. They serve as a reservoir of nutrients for plants and crop and also provide mechanical anchorage and favorable tilth.
The soil characteristics include both physical and chemical parameters. M/s. Team Labs and Consultants field team carried out soil surveys to assess the soil characteristics of the study area. The land use and land cover map of the study area is presented in Figure 3.6. (Terms of Reference No .04, 05 &10) It may be noted that the land use land cover map reflects predominantly forest, agriculture followed by barren lands. The impact area also has a significant percentage of agriculture nature of the impact area, and also its dependence on tank for irrigation. Representative soil sampling was done at various locations and these locations are shown in Figure 3.7. Analytical data of soil samples is presented in Table 3.2.
3-10 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.6 Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area
3-11 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.7 Soil Sampling Locations
3-12 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 3.2 Soil Analysis Data Parameter Unit S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 pH 7.72 6.22 8.13 7.98 7.61 7.82 7.65 7.81 Electrical Conductivity (EC) mmhos/cm 0.125 0.052 0.237 0.196 0.167 0.188 0.177 0.165 Bulk Density g/cc 1.25 1.25 1.33 1.25 1.25 1.11 1.21 1.17 Cation-Exchange Capacity (CEC) Cmol (+)/kg 1.95 0.99 2.50 2.14 2.03 2.29 1.87 2.21 Infiltration rate mm/hour 24 26 11 14 17 16 16 13 Porosity % 53 53 50 53 53 58 54 56 Water Holding Capacity (W.H.C) % 5.12 3.72 5.27 8.98 5.12 2.7 1.52 10.2 Moisture % 5.27 3.89 5.98 9.67 5.40 3.1 1.67 9.8 Organic Matter % 5.13 4.66 4.75 6.08 5.42 4.28 5.04 6.18 Carbonates % Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Sand % 72 54 52 43 42 47 47 46 Silt % 12 28 26 31 36 39 30 29 Clay % 16 18 22 26 22 14 23 25 Organic Carbon % 2.94 2.67 2.73 3.49 3.11 2.45 2.89 3.54 Nitrogen (as N) % 0.031 0.030 0.030 0.035 0.037 0.060 0.029 0.037 Carbon / Nitrogen Ration (C/N) 94.84 89.00 91.00 99.71 84.05 40.83 99.66 95.68 Phosphorus (as P) % 1.52 1.37 1.37 1.02 1.13 1.52 1.42 1.27 Potassium (as K) mg/kg 227 69 185 125 129 198 85 185 Sodium (as Na) mg/kg 106 95 107 207 98 135 89 125 Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 109 46 245 119 142 163 172 150 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/kg 42 20 40 39 67 45 49 52 Calcium/Magnesium ratio 2.60 2.30 6.13 3.05 2.12 3.62 3.51 2.88 Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) 2.19 2.94 1.67 4.21 1.70 2.41 1.54 2.24 Chlorides (as Cl) mg/kg 31 30 30 29 33 27 31 52
Sulphates (as SO4) mg/kg 6.2 11 9.5 5.1 7.2 5.2 6.7 12 Aluminium (as Al) mg/kg <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 Chromium (as Cr) mg/kg <10 <10 <10 33 20 <10 <10 37 Copper (as Cu) mg/kg 45 31 <10 31 25 <10 16 35 Manganese (as Mn) mg/kg <10 43 <10 42 31 <10 <10 37 Zinc (as Zn) mg/kg 17 45 16 67 45 16 11 52 Sandy Sandy Texture Sandy loam loam clay loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam S1-Mine Lease Area, S2- Rudrakota, S3- Chevuru, S4- Lakshmipuram, S5- Pepallavaripalem, S6- Maddurupadu, S7- Gamallapalem and S8- Chalamcherla.
3-13 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
The test results of soil samples collected in the impact area are interpreted referring to the book; “Interpreting soil test results”. The reference tables are presented in Table 3.3. The pH of soil samples ranges from slightly acid to mildily alkaline. The cation exchange capacity of the soils is very low. The level of nitrogen of the in 7 samples is very low. The calcium-magnesium ratio of the samples reflects Ca low in 7 samples and mg (low) in 1 sample. Bulk density of soil of impact varies from 1.11 – 1.25 g/cc among Loam soils (5 samples), 1.25 g/cc among sandy loam soils (2 samples). The porosity values range from 53-58 % among Loam (5 samples), 53 % among sandy loam soils (2 samples). Soil texture is predominantly Loam (5 samples). Table 3.3 Soil Test Results – Reference Tables General interpretation of pH Measured Rating for Cation Exchange Capacity pH Range Classification CEC (Cmol)+)/kg <4.5 Extremely Acidic Very low <6 * 4.51 -5.0 Very Strong Acidic Low 6-12 5.1-5.5 Strong Acid Moderate 12-25 5.6- 6.0 Moderately Acid High 25-40 6.1-6.5 Slightly acid Very High >40 6.6-7.3 Neutral Source: Metson (1961) 7.4-7.8 Mildily Alkaline * Soils with CEC less than three are 7.9 -8.4 Moderately Alkaline often low in fertility and susceptible to 8.5-9.0 Strongly Alkaline soil acidification. >9.0 Very Strongly Alkaline Source: Bruce and Rayment (1982). Ca/mg Ratio Base Saturation as a Criterion of Leaching Description Range (%BS) Rating <1 Ca Deficient 70-100 Very Weakly Leached 1-4 Ca (Low) 50-70 Weakly Leached 4-6 Balanced 30-50 Moderately Leached 6-10 Mg (Low) 15-30 Strongly Leached >10 Mg deficient 0-15 Very Strongly Leached Source: Eckert (1987) Source: Metson (1961) Rating of Total Nitrogen Extractable Potassium (K) Rating (% by W) Description K <0.05 Very low low <150 ppm* (< 0.4 meq/100 g soil) 0.05-0.15 Low medium 150–250 ppm (0.4–0.6 meq/100 g soil) 0.15-0.25 Modium high 250–800 ppm (0.6–2.0 meq/100 g soil) 0.25-0.50 High excessive >800 ppm (>2.0 meq/100 g soil) >0.5 Very High Source: Abbott (1989) Source: Bruce and Rayment (1982)
3-14 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.3 Water Environment
The potential for exploitation of groundwater resources increases with development of new projects. Mining activity does not consume large quantity of water, and the consumption is mainly domestic followed by water usage for dust suppression. With the increasing industrialization and urbanization, the possibility of contamination of surface water and groundwater sources are rapidly increasing. The water resources in the impact area broadly fall into following categories; surface water sources mainly consisting of tanks and ponds and groundwater sources of tube wells, dug wells, and dug/bore wells which abstract accumulated water in the aquifers in the deeper strata of ground.
3.3.1 Surface Water Resources
Bay of Bengal is at a distance of 6.4 km in E direction, Buckingham Canal is at a distance of 5.3 km in E direction. There are number of tanks in eastern part of impact area, however, number of tanks are observed in the southern part of impact area and drains to SE direction predominantly.
3.3.1.1 Surface Water Quality (Terms of Reference No. 27)
In order to have an idea of quality of water flowing in the region, representative water samples were collected and analyzed according to IS 2296:1986. The analytical results of water samples drawn from various locations in the study area during monitoring are presented in Table 3.4. The sampling locations of both ground and surface water are presented in Figure 3.8.
3-15 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 3.4 Surface water Analysis Data
IS 2296: Parameters SW-1 SW-2 Units Method of Analysis 1982 Temperature 34 35 oC IS:3025 part 09:1984 (RA:2017) NS Colour 1 1 Hazen IS:3025 part 04:1983 (RA: 2017) 300 Turbidity 0.2 0.5 NTU IS 3025: Part 10: 1984 (RA: 2017) NS pH 7.6 7.79 IS 3025: Part 11: 1983 (RA: 2017) 6.5-8.5 Total Solids 236 235 mg/l IS:3025 part 15:1984 (RA:2019) NS Total Dissolved Solids 216 219 mg/l IS:3025 part 16:1984 (RA:2017) 1500 Total Suspended Solids 20 16 mg/l IS:3025 part 17:1984 (RA:2017) NS
Total Hardness (as CaCO3) 60 118 mg/l IS:3025 part 21:2009 (RA:2019) NS Calcium (as Ca) 16 26 mg/l IS:3025 part 40:1991 (RA: 2019) NS Magnesium (as Mg) 4.9 13 mg/l IS:3025 part 46:1994 (RA: 2019) NS Sodium (as Na) 45 21 mg/l IS:3025 part 45:1993 (RA: 2019) NS Potassium (as K) 4.6 5.1 mg/l IS:3025 part 45:1993 (RA: 2019) NS
Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) 133 122 mg/l IS:3025 part 23:1986 (RA:2019) NS Chloride (as Cl) 21 30 mg/l IS:3025 part 32:1988 (RA: 2019) 600
Sulphates (as SO4) 11 12 mg/l IS:3025 part 24:1986 (RA:2019) 400 Nitrate Nitrogen (as NO3) 1.2 1.6 mg/l IS:3025 part 34:1988 (RA:2019) 50
Silica (as SiO2) 3.7 5.2 mg/l IS:3025 part 35:1988 (RA:2019) NS Fluoride (as F) 0.4 0.31 mg/l IS:3025 part 60:2008 (RA:2019) 1.5 Aluminium (as Al) <0.5 <0.5 mg/l APHA-3500-Al NS Hexavalent Chromium <0.05 <0.05 mg/l IS:3025 part 52:2003 (RA:2019) 0.05 Copper (as Cu) <0.1 <0.1 mg/l IS:3025 part 42:1992 (RA:2019) 1.5 Zinc (as Zn) <0.5 <0.5 mg/l IS:3025 part 49:1994 (RA: 2019) 15 Dissolved Oxygen (as DO) 4.8 4.5 mg/l Is:3025 Part 38:1989 (RA:2019) 4 Chemical Oxygen Demand 12 8 mg/l IS:3025 Part 58:2006 (RA:2017) NS
BOD3 days at 270C 3.7 2.7 mg/l IS:3025 Part 44:1993 (RA:2019) NS MPN Total Coliforms 617 516 / 100 5000 ml APHA9221A& 922B:2012 SW1- Buckingham canal, SW2- Rudrakota Cheruvu
3-16 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.3.1.2 Groundwater Resources Groundwater is the accumulation of water below the ground surface, caused by rainfall and its subsequent percolation through pores and crevices. Percolated water accumulates till it reaches an impervious stratum consisting of confined clay confined clay or confined rocks. Occurrence of groundwater is controlled by landform, structure, and lithology. Groundwater abstraction is by means of dug wells, dug cum driven wells, and bore wells. Every village has a number of traditional wells large and small. The state authorities have also provided tube wells fitted with hand pump for the drinking water requirement of villages in the study area. Presently the drinking water needs are mostly met from the groundwater resources.
3.3.1.3 Quality of Groundwater The representative samples are collected from various dug wells and bore wells in the study area. There area has few bore wells in the vicinity of mine lease area. The groundwater in the vicinity may be shallow open wells or handpumps with depth of 20-25 m and quality of shallow well is hard. The list of sampling locations is presented in Table 3.5. The analytical results of water samples drawn from various locations in the study area are presented in Table 3.6. The map showing the locations of sample collection is presented in Figure 3.8. It may be observed that the analytical results are above the prescribed standards for total hardness and total suspended solids in some samples.
Table 3.5 Locations of groundwater sampling
Direction Distance from ML S. No Location Name Remarks form ML area Area, km GW-01. Near Mine Lease Area SE 0.2 Borewell GW-02. Rudrakota E 0.8 Borewell GW-03. Chevuru NE 3.0 Borewell GW-04. Lakshmipuram NW 4.0 Borewell GW-05. Pepallavaripalem NW 3.3 Borewell GW-06. Maddurupadu SE 2.2 Borewell GW-07. Gamallapalem SE 3.0 Borewell GW-08. Chalamcherla W 5.0 Borewell
3-17 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.7 Drainage pattern of the study area
3-18 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.8 Water Sampling Locations (Ground and Surface water)
3-19 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 3.6 Groundwater Analysis Data IS10500:2012 Parameters GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8 Units Method of Analysis Standard Temperature 30 34 34 35 30 32 34 36 oC IS:3025 part 09:1984 (RA:2017) Colour 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Hazen IS:3025 part 04:1983 (RA:2017) 5 Turbidity 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 NTU IS:3025 part 10:1984 (RA:2017) 1 pH 7.39 7.3 7.19 7.5 7.21 7.59 7.62 7.4 IS:3025 part 11:1983 (RA:2017) 6.5-8.5 Total Solids 1006 807 858 372 981 886 771 998 mg/l IS:3025 part 15:1984 (RA:2019) NS Total Dissolved Solids 990 790 845 361 967 872 758 982 mg/l IS:3025 part 16:1984 (RA:2017) 500 Total Suspended Solids 16 17 13 11 14 14 13 16 mg/l IS:3025 part 17:1984 (RA:2017) NS
Total Hardness (as CaCO3) 269 332 351 173 468 176 327 382 mg/l IS:3025 part 21:2009 (RA:2019) 200 Calcium (as Ca2+) 60 82 78 48 118 26 70 72 mg/l IS:3025 part 40:1991 (RA:2019) 75 Magnesium (as Mg2+) 29 31 38 13 42 27 37 49 mg/l IS:3025 part 46:1994 (RA:2019) 30 Sodium (as Na) 247 138 155 46 175 245 131 220 mg/l IS:3025 part 45:1993 (RA:2019) NS Potassium (as K+) 37 4.2 8.7 2.7 6.2 5.2 2.8 6.7 mg/l IS:3025 part 45:1993 (RA:2019) NS
Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) 455 395 360 225 550 350 367 454 mg/l IS:3025 part 23:1986 (RA:2019) 200 Chloride (as Cl-) 221 131 178 35 165 212 107 209 mg/l IS:3025 part 32:1988 (RA:2019) 250
Sulphate (as SO42-) 52 45 60 17 75 40 67 81 mg/l IS:3025 part 24:1986 (RA:2019) 200
Nitrate Nitrogen (as NO3-) 13 22 18 4.2 1.2 9.2 16 9.8 mg/l IS:3025 part 34:1988 (RA:2019) 45
Silica (as SiO2) 16 3.7 7.2 7.5 8.2 8.1 17 19 mg/l IS:3025 part 35:1988 (RA:2019) NS Fluoride (as F -) 0.27 0.13 0.61 0.5 0.52 0.6 0.3 0.57 mg/l IS:3025 part 60:2008 (RA:2019) 1 Residual, Free Chlorine <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 mg/l IS:3025 part 26:1986 (RA:2019) 0.2 Aluminium (as Al) <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 mg/l APHA-3500-Al:2012 0.03 Hexavalent Chromium <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/l IS:3025 part 52:2003 (RA:2019) NS Copper (as Cu) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 mg/l IS:3025 part 42:1992 (RA:2019) 0.05 Lead (as Pb) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 mg/l IS:3025 part 47:1994 (RA:2019) 0.01 Manganese (as Mn) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 mg/l APHA-3500-Mn:2012 0.1 Zinc (as Zn) <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 mg/l IS:3025 part 49:1994 (RA:2019) 5 GW1-Near Mine Lease Area, GW2- Rudrakota, GW3- Chevuru, GW4- Lakshmipuram, GW5- Pepallavaripalem, GW6- Maddurupadu, GW7- Gamallapalem and GW8- Chalamcherla.
3-20 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.4 Air Environment
3.4.1 Meteorology
Micro meteorological studies are simultaneously conducted with air quality monitoring. Meteorology plays a vital role in effecting the dispersion of pollutants, once discharged into the atmosphere, their transport, dispersion, and diffusion into the environment. The meteorological data is very useful for interpretation of the baseline information and for model study of air quality impacts also. Since meteorological data show wide fluctuations with time, meaningful interpretation can only be drawn from long term and reliable data. Such source of data is the India Meteorological Department (IMD), which maintains a network of meteorological stations at several important locations. The nearest IMD station is located at Nellore. The data recorded for IMD station at Nellore is summarized and the salient features of the summarized data are as follows in Table 3.7.
The following extreme weather phenomena were recorded in normal climatological table;
Highest temperature of 46.7 0C was observed on May 12, 1985, Lowest Temperature of 11.1 0C was observed on April 15, 2001, highest rainfall in a day was 523.4 mm, observed on November 3, 1987 and the Highest Rainfall in a month was 295.9 mm observed in 1946. While typical wind speeds are observed to range from 1 – 19 kmph.
3-21 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3-22 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 3.7 Normal Climatological Table
3-23 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.4.2 Meteorological Station at Mine Lease area
The micrometeorological data at the ML area is collected simultaneously with ambient air quality monitoring. The station was installed at height of 10 meters above the ground level and the same is located in such a way that there are no obstructions facilitating free flow of wind. Wind speed, wind direction, humidity, temperature, and rainfall are recorded on hourly basis. Salient features of micrometeorological data collected during study period are as follows:
1. Wind Direction and Speed:
The hourly wind speed and wind direction observations are computed for the study period and the same are presented in Table 3.8 and the wind rose diagrams are presented in Figure 3.9. The following observations can be made from the collected data;
• There is 9.32% of Calm period is observed during the time of monitoring.
• The predominant wind direction is SE.
• Other than predominant wind directions of wind from ESE and SSE.
• Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 5-10kmph and 10- 15kmph.
The maximum and minimum temperature and relative humidity and total rainfall are summarized below. The salient features are discussed in brief as follows
2) Temperature (in0C)
(a) Maximum: 32.40C (b) Minimum: 8.9 0C (b) Mean: 22.30C
3) Humidity (in %)
The daily relative humidity values are observed to range between 55to 89%. The mean value of humidity is 68 %.
4) Rainfall (in mm)
(a) Maximum: 30.6mm
3-24 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 3.8 Frequency Distribution Wind Direction and Wind Speed
Wind Speed in KMPH Direction Calm 1-5 5-10 10-15 >15 Total N 0.41 0.59 0.86 0.23 2.08 NNE 0.09 0.54 0.09 0.72 NE 0.14 1.31 0.59 0.14 2.17 ENE 0.18 1.63 1.18 0.36 3.35 E 0.45 3.62 1.86 0.68 6.61 ESE 0.09 3.99 4.57 1.04 9.69 SE 0.32 7.61 11.10 2.76 21.78 SSE 0.63 5.84 6.34 1.40 14.22 S 0.23 3.31 3.13 0.86 7.52 SSW 0.14 3.58 1.31 0.59 5.62 SW 0.18 3.44 0.54 0.36 4.53 WSW 0.23 2.54 1.04 0.23 4.03 W 0.27 2.22 3.62 1.90 8.02 WNW 0.05 0.95 2.13 2.08 5.21 NW 0.32 0.63 0.91 0.86 2.72 NNW 0.09 0.63 0.36 0.45 1.54 Calm 0.18 0.18 Total 0.18 3.80 42.44 39.63 13.95 100.00 (Data Period: October – December 2020)
3-25 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
WIND ROSE PLOT: DISPLAY: Wind Speed Direction (blowing from)
NORTH
22.3%
17.8%
13.4%
8.9%
4.45%
WEST EAST
WIND SPEED (m/s)
SOUTH >= 4.20 2.80 - 4.20 1.40 - 2.80 0.28 - 1.40 Calms: 0.18%
COMMENTS: DATA PERIOD: COMPANY NAME:
Start Date: 10/1/2020 - 00:00 Mr.C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy End Date: 12/31/2020 - 23:00 MODELER: Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad
CALM WINDS: TOTAL COUNT:
0.18% 2208 hrs.
AVG. WIND SPEED: PROJECT NO.:
3.06 m/s
WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software
Figure 3.9 Wind rose diagram of mine lease area
3-26 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.4.3 Ambient Air Quality
Air pollution means the presence in the outdoor atmosphere of one or more combinations thereof in such quantities and of such duration as are or may tend to be injurious to human, plant, or animal life or property. Air pollutants include smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, gases, mist, odors, particulate matter, radioactive material, or noxious chemicals. Air pollution produces a number of adverse effects including offensive smell, loss of atmospheric clarity, soiling of clothes, building, and manufactured goods by smoke and dust. The hazards caused to man, animals, vegetation, environment, and climate have been understood in the past decade. The effects of air pollution are briefly discussed below. a) Effect on human beings
Airborne spores, pollen grains, viruses, bacteria, fungi, fur, and hairs cause various allergic reactions, bronchial asthma, tuberculosis, and other infections. Sulphur dioxide produces drying of the mouth, scratchy throat and smarting eyes. It also causes chest constriction, headache, vomiting, and death from respiratory diseases. Sulphur trioxide, Nitrogen oxide, and carbon monoxide diffuse in the bloodstream. They combine with haemoglobin and reduce its oxygen-carrying capacity. Nitrogen oxide in high concentration impairs the functioning of lungs by causing accumulation of water in the air spaces. Hydrocarbons have been reported to cause cancer in man. Hydrogen sulphide causes nausea and irritates eyes and throat. Ammonia attacks upper respiratory passages. Ozone causes dryness of mucous membrane of the mouth, nose, and throat. It changes visual capacity, causes headache, pulmonary congestion and oedema. Arsines damage red cells in blood, kidney and cause jaundice. Suspended particles like ash, soot and smoke cause eye irritation, tuberculosis and possible cancer. Fine particles of various metals present in the air cause a number of diseases. Heavy dust fall is one of the major causes of asthma, cough and other diseases of lungs and throat. Lead can damage the brain of young children and may even cause death. It affects the normal functioning of the nervous system in adults. Cadmium is a respiratory poison and may cause high blood pressure and a number of heart diseases. Asbestos fibers have been associated in chronic lung diseases.
3-27 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report b) Effect on animals
Air pollution causes widespread damage to live-stock. The effect of air pollution on domestic animals living in or near industrial areas is similar to those of human beings. Live stocks ingest various fluorine compounds which fall on fodder crops causing abnormal calcification of bones and teeth. It results in lameness, loss of weight, and frequent diarrhea. c) Effect on plants
Air pollution has serious harmful effects on plants. Sulphur dioxide causes chlorosis. It results in the death of cells and tissues. Forest trees are worst affected by sulphur dioxide pollutants. Fluorides damage leafy vegetables such as lettuce and spinach. Oxides of nitrogen and fluorides reduce crop yields. Photochemical smog bleaches and blazes foliage of plants. Hydrocarbons cause premature fall of leaves and flower buds, discolouration of sepals, and curling of petals. Ozone damages cereals, fruits, and cotton crops. It also causes premature yellowing and shedding of leaves. d) Effect on materials
The acid rain and photochemical smog affect metals and buildings. Acid rain pollutes the soil and water sources. Acidic products of the air pollutant cause disintegration of textiles, paper. Many small industrial units and sources of locomotive pollutants have been sifted to save the famous marble structure, Taj Mahal at Agra. Hydrogen sulphide decolorizes silver and leads paints. Ozone oxidizes rubber goods. e) Aesthetic loss
Dust and smoke in the air do not allow us to have a clear view of nature’s beauty and man-made objects. Smoke and foul smells emitted by factories, automobiles, dirty drains, and garbage dumps make urban life dis comfortable. Smoking in public places affects the health of not only the smoker but also the non-smoker.
3-28 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report f) Change in Climate
A change in the earth’s climate due to atmospheric pollution is an alarming global concern. It has been observed that in the recent past, the level of CO2 in the atmosphere has increased from 290 ppm to 330 ppm. Approximately one-fourth of this rise has occurred in the past decade. Rapid increase in population, deforestation, and excessive burning of fossil fuel has been responsible for this increase. It is also predicted that this factor alone could lead to rise in global temperature, causing “Green House Effect” or “Global Warming”.
Green House effect may be defined as the progressive warming up the earth surface due to blanketing effect of man-made CO2 in the atmosphere. The thick CO2 layer functions like the glass panel of a greenhouse preventing re-radiation of heat to outer space. A rise of global temperature by more than 2 or 3 0C may lead to the melting of polar ice cap and glaciers. This will cause rise in ocean level and consequent flooding of costal towns and submersion of many oceanic islands. This would also affect the rainfall pattern and productivity of agricultural crops.
With proposed mining activity a range of different pollutants, like PM10 and PM2.5 from mining and transportation, SO2, NOx, and CO from fuel combustion in the semi-mechanized operations and transportation of mineral, are released into the atmosphere that are dispersed and have a significant impact on neighborhood air environment. Thus, collection of base line data of air environment occupies a predominant role in the impact assessment statement. The ambient air quality status across the study zone forms basis for prediction of the impacts due to the project.
The Laterite quarry project is located at Rudrakota Village, Kavali Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh. The data required to asses air quality impacts in and around neighborhood is achieved by designing such a network, which encompasses micro meteorological conditions, quantity and quality of emissions, locations, duration, resources/monitoring technology and operational criteria. The ambient air quality staions were identified considering the above factors.
3-29 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.4.4 Scope of Field study
The scope of baseline status of the ambient air quality can be assessed through a well-designed ambient air quality station network. Ambient air quality monitoring of the study area consisting of 10 km radius with the mine lease area as the center point was carried out during the study period of October – December 2020. The ambient air quality was monitored at eight locations spread over entire study area. Figure 3.9 presents the locations of eight ambient air quality-monitoring stations. At each sampling station monitoring was carried out for 24 hours a day for 2 days a week and three months during post-monsoon season. The parameters studied are
Particulate Matter (Size Less than 10µm) or PM10 µg/m3, Particulate Matter (Size
Less than 2.5 µm) or PM2.5 µg/m3, Sulfur dioxide, and Oxides of Nitrogen. Sampling period, monitoring and analysis of the above variables is according to the guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQ) is enclosed in Annexure I.
3.4.5 Description of Sampling Locations
The location of ambient air quality stations is contingent on the meteorological status of the area. Hence the micrometeorological data was collected before initiating the ambient air quality monitoring, and the stations were selected within 10 km of the project site based on wind direction as the mine operations are limited. Table 3.9 presents the ambient air quality locations and their distances and directions from the mine lease area.
Table 3.9 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
Direction Distance From S. No Location Name form ML area ML area, km AAQ-01. Mine Lease area - - AAQ-02. Rudrakota E 0.8 AAQ-03. Chevuru NE 3.0 AAQ-04. Lakshmipuram NW 4.0 AAQ-05. Pepallavaripalem NW 3.3 AAQ-06. Maddurupadu SE 2.2 AAQ-07. Gamallapalem SE 3.0 AAQ-08. Chalamcherla W 5.0
3-30 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.9Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
3-31 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.4.6 Ambient air quality status (Terms of Reference No. 22)
The existing baseline levels with respect to Particulate Matter (Size Less than 10µm) or PM10 µg/m3, Particulate Matter (Size Less than 2.5 µg/m3) or PM2.5 µg/m3, Sulphur dioxide, and oxides of nitrogen at 8 locations are presented in Table 3.10. The AAQ baseline data observed values are found to be within the prescribed NAAQ standards.
Table 3.10 Summary Ambient Air Quality Status
Pollutant Maximum Minimum Mean 98 Percentile 1) Location: Mine Lease Area PM10 46 36 41.85 46 PM2.5 19 14 17.15 19 SO2 9 7 8.00 9 NOx 10 7 8.08 10 2) Location: Rudrakota PM10 43 36 40.35 43 PM2.5 19 16 17.46 19 SO2 9 7 7.65 9 NOx 10 7 7.81 10 3) Location: Chevuru PM10 44 38 41.54 44 PM2.5 20 16 17.92 20 SO2 10 7 8.31 10 NOx 10 7 8.65 10 4) Location: Lakshmipuram PM10 43 36 40.81 43 PM2.5 19 16 17.81 19 SO2 9 7 7.73 9 NOx 10 7 7.85 10 5) Location: Pepallavaripalem PM10 43 36 40.15 43 PM2.5 19 14 16.69 19 SO2 9 7 8.04 9 NOx 10 7 8.35 10 6) Location: Maddurupadu PM10 45 38 41.85 45 PM2.5 19 15 17.46 19 SO2 10 7 8.73 10 NOx 10 7 7.88 10 7) Location: Gamallapalem PM10 42 36 39.31 42 PM2.5 19 14 16.38 19 SO2 11 7 8.69 11
3-32 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Pollutant Maximum Minimum Mean 98 Percentile NOx 9 7 7.65 9 8) Location: Chalamcherla PM10 41 34 37.42 41 PM2.5 20 15 17.23 20 SO2 10 7 7.85 10 NOx 11 7 8.42 11 Note: Pollutant concentrations are presented in µg/m³
Table 3.11 AQI Index Showing the Results of Ambient Air Quality Air quality Associated Health Location AQI Category (Range) index Impacts ML area 46 Rudrakota 43 Chevuru 44 Lakshmipuram 43 Good (0-50) Minimal Impact Pepallavaripalem 43 Maddurupadu 45 Gamallapalem 42 Chalamcherla 41
3-33 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.4.7 Noise Environment (Terms of Reference No. 22)
Noise is an unwanted sound without musical quality. Artificial noise impact on environment, grown apace with advancing human civilization. Noise pollution is equally hazardous to environment as air, water, and other forms of pollution. Various noise measurement units have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common scale is, weighted decibel dB (A), and measured as the relative intensity level of one sound with respect to another sound (reference sound).
The impact of noise depends on its characteristics (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature), time of day (day or night), and location of noise source. Table 3.12 shows the effects of different noise levels on human beings. The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from noise induced hearing loss to annoying depending on noise levels.
The assessment of noise pollution on neighborhood environment due to the mine was carried out keeping in view, all the considerations mentioned above. The existing status of noise levels is measured at eight locations at various villages within the study area. Figure 3.10 presents noise level monitoring locations. The monitored noise levels are shown in Table 3.13. Noise levels are observed to be within the prescribed limits of rural and residential areas.
3-34 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 3.10 Noise Monitoring Locations
3-35 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 3.12 Effects on Human Beings at Different Noise Levels Source Noise Level Db(A) Effects Large Rocket Engine (nearby) 180 Threshold of Pains Hydraulic Press (1 m) 130 Jet take off (60 m) 120 Maximum vocal effort Automobile Horn (1m) 120 Construction Noise 110 Jet Take off (600 m) 110 Shout, Punch, Press, Circular Saw 100 Very annoying Heavy Truck (15m), Farm 90 Prolonged exposure Machinery, Lathes, Sports Car, Noisy endangers hearing loss 80 Machines Automobile (15m) Annoying Freeway Traffic (15m) 70 Telephone is difficult, Loud Conversations 60 Living Room in Home 50 Quiet Power Station (15m) 50 Bed Room in Home 40 Soft Whisper (5m) 30 Very quiet Tick of Wall clock (1m) 30 Low radio Reception 20 Whisper 20 Rattling of Leaves by Breeze 10 Barely audible 0 Threshold of hearing
Table 3.13 Equivalent Noise levels in the study area
Equivalent Noise Direction Distance From S. No Location Levels dB(A) form ML area ML area, km Leqday Leqnight N-1 Mine Lease - - 41 31 N-2 Rudrakota E 0.8 44 31 N-3 Chevuru NE 3.0 46 34 N-4 Lakshmipuram NW 4.0 48 36 N-5 Pepallavaripalem NW 3.3 46 35 N-6 Maddurupadu SE 2.2 44 31 N-7 Gamallapalem SE 3.0 45 33 N-8 Chalamcherla W 5.0 46 34 Note: Daytime is reckoned in between 6.00 a.m to 10.00 p.m. Nighttime is reckoned between 10.00 p.m to 6.00 a.m.
3-36 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.4.8 Traffic Study Traffic study was conducted during three alternative days including a holiday to arrive at peak traffic hours. Peak traffic was observed during 8 – 9 AM consisting of mainly Mine traffic was carried on ML area to NH-5 road.
3.5 Socio-Economic Environment
Project development reflects in social development, i.e., growth in infrastructure facilities, growth in employment rates, increased demands for housing, and other amenities etc., which will have a bearing on the socio-economic status.
Socio-economic survey is conducted to ascertain the existing socio-economic status to compare the same with the developments due to the project. Baseline data of demographic characteristics-occupational status, literacy, health status, and the access to infrastructure facilities for social development in the project area has been studied from the primary data collected from census department by M/s. Team Labs and Consultants.
Demographic characteristics of the study area falling within 10 km radius of the mine lease area have been compiled to assess the pre-project socio-economic status. Secondary data has been collected from various government agencies i.e., chief planning officer, Nellore district and other government departments of forestry, irrigation etc., and Mandal Development Offices of the relevant government departments. Census 2011 data was compiled and presented as follows.
3.5.1 Demography
The study area falls under the following mandals; Kavali, and Gudluru mandals in Nellore district. Study area comprises of 22 revenue villages and 6 hamlets.
3.5.2 Population Distribution
The population distribution of the study area is presented in Table 3.14. The population density in the study area is more reflecting the rural nature. The total population of the area is 83754 consisting of 42231 males and 41523 females. The population of the scheduled castes is 20499 consists of 10296 males and 10203 females, while the scheduled tribe population is 7450 consists of 3801 males and
3-37 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3649 females, which is 24.48 % and 8.90 % of the total population respectively. The male (50.42%) population is more compared to Female (49.58%) population in the study area.
Table 3.14 Population Distribution – Study Area
kms Total Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Total Population 4595 14376 22128 42655 83754 Total Population – Male 2253 7333 11051 21594 42231 Total Population – Female 2342 7043 11077 21061 41523 Population <6 years 535 1621 2748 4693 9597 Male <6 years 266 804 1429 2445 4944 Females < 6years 269 817 1319 2248 4653 Scheduled Caste Population - Total 1176 3803 3022 12498 20499 Male – SC 592 1927 1455 6322 10296 Female – SC 584 1876 1567 6176 10203 Scheduled Tribe Population Total 459 1326 1250 4415 7450 Male – ST 233 686 624 2258 3801 Female – ST 226 640 626 2157 3649
Figure 3.11 Population distribution of the study area
3.5.3 Literacy
Census operations consider a person who is above six years old and who can write and read as literate. Table 3.15 presents literacy levels in the study area. The population below six years old is 9597 consisting of 4944 males and 4653 females, which is 11.46 % of the study area population. The percentage of literacy level in
3-38 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
the study area among males is 65.68 and 49.88 among females. It may be observed that the literacy level among females is comparatively less than males.
Table 3.15 Literacy - Study Area
km Total Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Total Population 4595 14376 22128 42655 83754 Total Population – Male 2253 7333 11051 21594 42231 Total Population – Female 2342 7043 11077 21061 41523 Population <6 years 535 1621 2748 4693 9597 Male <6 years 266 804 1429 2445 4944 Females < 6years 269 817 1319 2248 4653 Total Literates 2272 7219 10738 22653 42882 Male –Literates 1320 4268 5946 12957 24491 Female – Literates 952 2951 4792 9696 18391 Total Illiterates 2323 7157 11390 20002 40872 Male –Illiterate 933 3065 5105 8637 17740 Female – Illiterate 1390 4092 6285 11365 23132
Figure 3.12 Literacy of Study Area
3.5.4 Employment/Occupation
Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity – Physical/ mental. The workforce is classified into three categories: a) main workers, b) marginal workers and c) non-workers. Main workers are those who work for a substantial part of the year for a living such as salaried employees, agricultural labor etc. Marginal workers are those who worked the previous year
3-39 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
but has not worked for a substantial part of this year. Non-workers constitute students, housewives, dependents; pensioners etc. Table 3.16 presents the population distribution for employment.
It may be observed that a majority of the study area population falls in the nonworker category among 47.05% of the total population and the marginal workers from about 14.95% of the total population. The male-female difference is also significant in all the regions and in all the categories. There are few females among the workers where there are more nonworkers and marginal workers among females.
Table 3.16 Employment – Study Area
km Total Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Total Population 4595 14376 22128 42655 83754 Total Population – Male 2253 7333 11051 21594 42231 Total Population – Female 2342 7043 11077 21061 41523 Total Workers 2230 8055 12152 21908 44345 Total Workers – Male 1329 4416 6716 12915 25376 Total Workers – Female 901 3639 5436 8993 18969 Total Main Workers 1792 6031 7648 16351 31822 Main workers – Male 1159 3948 5248 10659 21014 Main Workers – Female 633 2083 2400 5692 10808 Total Marginal Workers 438 2024 4504 5557 12523 Marginal Workers – Male 170 468 1468 2256 4362 Marginal Workers – Female 268 1556 3036 3301 8161 Total Non-Workers 2365 6321 9976 20747 39409 Non-Workers – Male 924 2917 4335 8679 16855 Non-Workers – Female 1441 3404 5641 12068 22554
Figure 3.13 Employment of Study Area
3-40 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
The main workers are further classified into; Total cultivators: those who engage a single worker or his family member to cultivate land for payment in money, kind or share; Agricultural labor: those who work in other’s lands for wages; household workers: workers involved in manufacturing and processing industries in the household industries; and other services; Livestock, forestry, fishing, and allied activities; Workers involved in mining and quarrying; Workers involved in manufacturing and processing industries in the household industries, Non household industries, construction workers, workers in trade and commerce, Workers involved in transport, storage and communication and other services: government employees, teachers, priests, artists etc. Table 3.17 presents the main workers distribution among study area population. It may be observed that over 24.64% of the study area population is involved in cultivation or agriculture labor, followed by other services to the tune of 12.82 % reflecting on the proximity to Rowthulapudi, which is the administrative center and mining area. Significant differences are observed among the male and female workers, Female workers are found to be less among all categories of workers.
Table 3.17 Main Workers - Study Area
km Total Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Total Population 4595 14376 22128 42655 83754 Total Population – Male 2253 7333 11051 21594 42231 Total Population – Female 2342 7043 11077 21061 41523 Total Main Workers 1792 6031 7648 16351 31822 Main workers – Male 1159 3948 5248 10659 21014 Main Workers – Female 633 2083 2400 5692 10808 Total Cultivators 207 709 1028 3123 5067 Cultivators – Male 176 585 915 2467 4143 Cultivators- Female 31 124 113 656 924 Total Agriculture Labor 499 3074 3026 8973 15572 Agriculture Labor – Male 220 1555 1193 4755 7723 Agriculture Labor – Female 279 1519 1833 4218 7849 Total Household Workers 154 75 63 151 443 Household Workers – Male 83 38 34 101 256 Household Workers – Female 71 37 29 50 187 Total Others 932 2173 3531 4104 10740 Others – Male 680 1770 3106 3336 8892
3-41 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
km Total Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Others – Female 252 403 425 768 1848
3.5.5 Living Standards and Infrastructure Sustainable development of any area is dependent not only on the population but also on the availability of infrastructure which leads to better living standards. The infrastructure facilities are essential in providing education, awareness, health, communication, potable water, transport etc. The standards of living are the sum of the availability of the infrastructure to the subject community, wide variations in terms of income, economic conditions, and patterns of spending.
The infrastructure facilities available in the impact zone are reflecting the rural nature of the entire study area.
I. Educational Facilities The educational facilities available in the rural areas are meager, despite the proximity to urban area of Nellore. There are 22 primary schools, 16 middle schools and 4 high schools in the study area. There is no government junior college within the impact area. The higher educational need of the population is met by Kavali/ Nellore.
II. Health facilities The medical and health facilities available in the rural area of the impact zone are inadequate; there are 3 Primary Health Centre, 4Primary Health Sub-Centre and no child welfare centers, and 6 Registered Private Medical Practitioners centers in the entire area. While the urban area has a number of health facilities including a teaching hospital. The health needs of the population in this area are met by quacks and other semi qualified persons.
III. Availability of Potable Water The entire population in this area is dependent on groundwater for drinking purposes.
IV. Transport and Communication
3-42 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Transport is essentially provided by the Andhra Pradesh State Road Transport Corporation (APSRTC). Most of the study area has excellent road network in all the villages, which has kacha roads. APSRTC bus facility is available for all the villages. However, it is observed that a number of private transport vehicles are observed in the area connecting them to Kavali/ Nellore.
V. Sources of Energy and Availability The primary source of energy in the study area is electricity, and the entire study area has electricity for agriculture and domestic purpose. The Kavali has LPG facility for their cooking purpose. A significant number of people in the urban area are also dependent on Kerosene for cooking purposes, which is contingent on the vagaries of public distribution system. A majority of the rural area is mostly dependent on LPG gas, dried cow dung cakes, wood from roadside trees for their domestic energy needs.
VI. Post and Telegraph facilities There are 14 post offices in the area and no post and Telegraph office in the study area. Phone facilities however are extended to most of the villages.
VII. Housing Census defines the household as a group of persons living together and sharing their meals from a common kitchen. The number of households in the impact zone is 32979. The density of the households is approximately four. The traditional houses made up of mud walls and covered by dry common grass and leaves of bourses are commonly found in the rural area, which are not considered puce houses. The government has been augmenting the housing standards by constructing housing colonies for various weaker sections of society.
3.5.6 Land Utilization Land use patterns can be prepared on the basis of revenue records though it is not an exact indicator of the actual use of the land at a given time. Land use is presented under the heads of area under forest cover irrigated land, area under cultivation, and cultivable wasteland in Table 3.18.
3-43 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 3.18 Land Utilization Pattern
kms Total Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Area, ha Land Under Miscellaneous Tree Crops etc. Area 0 0 31.57 90 121.57 Waterfall Area 0 118.54 0 93 211.54 Permanent Pastures and Other Grazing Land Area 0 0 61.92 172.75 234.67 Other Source (specify) Area 142.79 28.29 78.62 19.13 268.83 Barren & Un-cultivable Land Area 22.13 0.81 48.89 307.86 379.69 Fallows Land other than Current Fallows Area 0 22.26 0 388.3 410.56 Wells/Tube Wells Area 7.31 223.2 195.6 881.84 1307.95 Forest Area 0 0 1323.7 481.1 1804.8 Canals Area 0 87.18 23.74 1909.02 2019.94 Culturable Waste Land Area 55.2 480.41 411.4 1289.8 2236.81 Current Fallows Area 551.35 332.78 310.44 1928.92 3123.49 Tanks/Lakes Area 500.4 73.1 242.43 2860.16 3676.09 Area under Non-Agricultural Uses 156.4 627.5 776.11 3137.38 4697.39 Net Area Sown 1584.92 2509.24 4987.97 11957.89 21040.02 Total area (ha) 3020.5 4503.31 8492.39 25517.15 41533.35 It may be observed that a majority of the study area is Net Area Sown followed by Area under Non-Agricultural Uses.
3.5.7 Project Economy
It will provide employment to 8 people. The proposed project will also generate indirect employment to the locals during mining activity. The employers will contribute to the provident fund, ESI and provide facilities as per the relevant labor act.
The proximity of Kavali will provide access to the extensive medical facilities available apart from the ESI medical facilities to the employees and their families.
It may be concluded that satisfactory amenities are available for the population of the impact zone, while the amenities are available either within the village or at a minimum distance of 3 km. The area also has large tracts of wastelands which can be utilized for industrial development.
The proposed mining activity will contribute to the growth of the area, which in turn generates employment, and improve the infrastructure facilities of the area by strengthening the same economically.
3-44 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
3.6 Ecology
The primary data was collected by visual observations (documented in the field forms) as well as by discussion with villagers. The assessment of wildlife/fauna was carried out by field observations (direct sightings) and or by indirect evidences like droppings, skeletal remains etc. As the animals are migratory, habitats used by protected, important or sensitive species for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, migration are ascertained. An effort was also made to identify invertebrate species. Birds were recorded using binoculars by point count method in dawn and desk in the study area and compared with published literature. An effort has been made to identify the impacts of the proposed project at different stages. Floral and faunal resources used by local communities such as timber, medicinal and fishing are also collected. The mitigation measures were suggested and conservation of Scheduled species has been given. No quantitative assessment done for mammals, reptiles and other vertebrate species. Most of the data gathered from authenticated secondary data as well as from consultations with locals. Scheduling of species done according to Indian Wildlife Protection act (1972) and checked the local and national status of the species.
The authenticity of field observations is confirmed through discussions with local people and based on secondary data collected from different Government offices like Forest Department, Wildlife Department and Fisheries Department etc. The status of individual fauna species is ascertained as per the schedules in Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act.
Methodology for Flora:
During belt transects, an area of 100 m X 10 m width was estimated for statistical analysis. List of floral species observed at each transect was documented. The number of sampling points are depending on the Area- Species graph. Species listed are compared with standard books (BSI, ZSI and IUCN) and noted the species required for conservation criteria.
3-45 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Methodology for Faunal Survey
A study has been carried out to cross-check the list available with secondary data as well as efforts were also made to identify invertebrate species and their resource partition to the maximum extinct during ground-level surveys. The ecological niche, food chain, food web modeling was also analysed to understand the species sustainability along with resource utilization by locals. The sighted species were photographed and identified with standard field guides. Scheduling of species is made as per the Indian Wildlife Protection act (1972) and IUCN to check the Rare Endangered Endemic and Threatened (REET) species. No quantitative assessment is made as it can be done through a detailed species-specific and seasonal survey. Migratory paths for the birds and mammals were discussed with locals and forest department. Habitats used by for foraging, nesting, breeding and other ecological parameters were ascertained.
Insects
Generally, insects are the largest group in the animal kingdom, and different methodologies adopted for various groups based on their habitat (Arboreal, crepuscular, Bark, and leaf attached insects). The dragonflies, butterflies, other aquatic and terrestrial insects were identified. Crustaceans and Molluscans were identified through stone rotate methods. The Specimens were identified by using various field guides and other available literature (Hampson, 1892-1896; Gahan, 1906; Lefroy, 1909; Stebbing, 1914; Fletcher, 1914; Bell and Scott, 1937; Kumar and Prasad, 1981; Satyarani, 1988; Haribal, 1992; Kunte, 2000; Mitra, 2002).
Herpeto fauna (Amphibians and Reptiles)
Lizards and Gickos were identified by direct sightings and other available literature. Reptile species were identified using “Fauna of British India” (Smith, 1935, 1945) and Whitaker and Captain (2004). Amphibians were identified based on the keys and descriptions of Chanda (2002) and Daniels (2005).
3-46 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Aves
Bird surveys were carried out through Point count method during dawn and desk. List is made with available literature from the study area and preliminary observations. Identification of birds was done using “A pictorial guide to the birds of the Indian Sub-Continent” by Salim Ali and S.D. Ripley (1998). Efforts are also made on migration, nesting and roosting of birds.
Mammals
Direct and indirect evidences were collected for final list of mammals existing in the study area such as Vocal observations, scat and Pugmarks. Identification is made using “A pictorial guide to the Mammals of the India” by Prater (2011).
Quantitative analysis
Ecological parameters viz., abundance, density, frequency, Relative abundance (RA), Relative density (RD), Relative frequency (RF), Important value index (IVI), Shannon-Wiener diversity index were derived from the quantitative primary data collected during field survey.
Importance Value Index (IVI): RD + RF +RA
Species Diversity
Shannon Diversity Index (H’) has been used for estimating the diversity among the core & buffer zones in order to know the species richness and dominance.
H’= - Pi. ln Pi
S= Number of individuals of one species Where Pi = ------N = Total number of all individuals in the sample and, ln is the logarithm to the base Communities with less number of species with high level of dominance or low level of uniformity will have lower diversity. Thus, it is a statistical function based on the richness and evenness components. Evenness and dominance are inversely related. This can be also calculated through Statistical Software “PAST”.
3-47 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Rationale for Survey Method
There is no national park, wildlife sanctuary, ecologically sensitive area, biosphere reserve, wildlife corridor, tiger/ elephant reserve, critically polluted area, and interstate boundary within the impact area of 10 km radius from the mine lease area. The new technologies adopted and wastes and other pollution related aspects are also considered to know the impact study. The impacts on the surrounding agricultural and reserve forests are also studied and quantified. The sampling points are selected in all the directions and ecosystems along with the wind direction pattern.
Identification of Species
Species of flora and fauna are identified through local field guides. Unidentified plant pictures are later confirmed by website and expert scientists from BSI, ZSI, forest officials etc.
Secondary data
The key referral material is from Andhra Pradesh forest department working plan data. Certain published papers related to region in recent years are also considered. Ground validation has done through elderly village people and personal field visits.
Desktop work
Ahead of initiating the field surveys, details pertaining to the project collected, and crosschecked with various online sources. Relevant maps of the study area on road network, drainage pattern, contour, forest type, forest cover, etc are also observed. Existing baseline environmental conditions such as Air, Water, Soil and climatic conditions, site-specific ecological sensitive zones are gathered. Area-specific details of the study area are collected through Google earth. The total area is analyzed with GIS tools and no. of sampling points finalized through Area- Species graph and marked around 20 sampling points by covering the various ecosystems of core and buffer zones in all the directions.
3-48 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Field observation:
Description of the project site environment
The project site is open land without any vegetation except natural grass and common weeds.
The proposed project falls in
❖ 6D – Deccan Peninsula Deccan Plateau as per the Biogeography Classification of India. ❖ Hot Semi-arid type as per the India's Köppen climate classification.
The vegetation of the study area falls under
✓ 5A: Southern tropical dry deciduous forests C3: Southern dry mixed deciduous forest; ✓ 6A: Southern tropical thorn forests DS1: Southern thorn scrub, 2S1: Secondary dry deciduous forest by revised classification of Indian forest types (Champion and Seth, 1968). These types of forests are seen throughout the Eastern Ghats and few parts of Western Ghats of the country.
The primary field studies were primarily focused in the areas of Reserve forest as the other areas are mostly agricultural lands and barren lands. It was observed that most of the plants growing in the RF were of mesophytic nature due to moderate water availability and surface geology.
Overall Terrestrial Vegetation structure of the study area as per the primary data
The survey reveals that there are specific patches for certain species and mass plantations such as Eucalyptus, mango etc. There are good number of plantations on the roadside such as Ficus, Polyalthia longifolia, Alstoniascholaris, Peltophorumpterocarpum, Samania saman, Delonix regia, Tectona grandis, and Acacia auriculiformis.
3-49 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Trees
The most common tree species in the RFs are Anogeissus latifolia, Terminalia tomentosa, Terminalia chebula, Lanneacoromandelica, Pongamia pinnata, Polyalthia longifolia, Albizia lebbeck, Dalbergia latifolia, Eucalyptus globulus, Bauhinia purpurea, Ficus benghalensis, Azadirachta indica, Phoenix sylvestris, Alstoniascholaris, Acacia auriculiformis, Pithecellobium dulce, Caesalpinia pulcherrima, Ficus microcape, Grewia hirsuta, Peltophorumpterocarpum, Hardwickiabinata, Chloroxylon swietenia, Hardwickiabinata, Boswellia serrata, Soymidafebrifuga, Buchnanialanzan, Madhuca indica, Acacia catechu, Butea monosperma, Albizzia amara, Albizzia lebbek, Lagerstroemia parvifolia, Diospyros tomentosa, Emblica officinalis, Acacia catechu, Terminalia bellerica, Ficus glomerata, Semicarpus anacardium, Cassia fistula, Tectona grandis.
Shrubs
The most common shrubs are Wrightia tinctoria, Lantana camara, Dodoniaviscosa, Baliospermummontana, Diospyrasmelonoxyon, Acacia latronum, Hyptissuaveolens, Cassia auriculata, Calotropis procera, Prosopis juliflora, Acacia leucocephala, Caesalpinia bonducella, Canthium parviflorum, Carissa carandas, Capparis sepiaria, Celastruspaniculata. Many of lthe shrubs are unpalatable to cattle (Holarrhena, Dodonaea) or thorny (Randia, /Carrissa).
Herbs
The most common herbs are Tribulus terrestries, Tridax procumbens, Cassia occidentalis, Crotanbonplantianum, Datura metel, Eclipta alba, Boerhaviadiffusa, Tephrociapurpuria, Achyranthes aspera.Cassia tora, Abutilon indicum Ipomoea macrantha
Climbers
The commonly seen climbers are Capparis horridaAbrus precatorius, Hemidesmus indicus, Clitoria ternatea, Cuscutareflexa, Desmodium triflorum, Pergulariadaemia, Desrrisscandans, Hemidesmus indicus, Ipomoea pes-caprae, Ipomoea nil, Ipomoea macrantha, Mucuna pruriens, Evolvulousalsinoides, Gloriosa superba.
3-50 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Grasses
The common grass species are Chloris barbata, Cyperus castaneus, and CynodondactylonDactylocteniumaegyptium, Digitariaciliaris, Eragrostistenella, Fimbristyliscymosa, Ilaloipsisbinata and Imperata cylindrica.
Ecology of Core Zone Habitat
The core zone habitat from Mine lease area boundary to 5 sq. km. village wood land and natural vegetation is found towards other directions. Most of the region is Southern tropical thorn forests. The Mine lease area has few shrubs and herbaceous weeds such as Calotropis procera, Jatropha gossypifolia, Carissa spinarum, Casssia auriculata, Carallumaumbellata, Euphorbia antiquorum, Euphorbia tortillis, Anotiswrightiana, Canthium parviflorum, Dodonaea viscose and others are fairly widespread in rocky uplands. The adjoining paths and surround area hasAcacia nilotica, Acacia leucophloea, and Lantana camara. They are scattered throughout the region. The predominant tree species in core zone are Borassus flabellifer, Phoenix sylvestris, Prosopis juliflora, Acacia nilotica, Azadirachta indica, Ficus benghalensis, Tectona grandis,Leucaena leucocephala under natural vegetation.
Many of the common weeds occur in the croplands but the croplands are relatively free from weeds on account of frequent weeding. Perennial grasses with the exception of nut grass (Cyperus rotundus) and turf grass (Cynodondactylon) were either rare or absent. It may be mentioned that most of the graminoids and forbs found in the croplands of the MLA are very widespread and common. Hyptissuaveolens and Parthenium hysterophorus, the two invasive weeds were fairly common but not abundant. There are no rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species within the mine lease area. All plant species found in the MLA are of widespread occurrence especially in the croplands and wastelands of Peninsular India.
Terrestrial Fauna of the study area
As the core area is not isolated from its surroundings by any barrier, there are no chances for any kind of isolation or restriction of any wild animal to the core area
3-51 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
or the buffer area. As they are capable of moving from place to place either for food or shelter or mate, it is not proper to list them separately for different areas. Hence, common lists are prepared based on available secondary data and on the basis of direct observation, indirect or circumstantial evidence such as foot prints, feathers, skin, hair, hooves etc. The area of survey and study extends up to a radius of 10 Km in case of terrestrial fauna. As there are no forests or wildlife reserves or other protected areas around the MLA and as the area is surrounded by quarries, croplands and villages the chances of occurrence of any rare or endangered wildlife is remote. Since the core area is under cultivation to a large extent, it is unsuitable for any RET species. Among the mammals only rodents were found in the MLA. Many terrestrial birds such as Minnows, Finches, Crows, Sparrows, Parrots, Mynas, Swifts, Doves, Pigeons, Egrets and Weavers etc were common. The faunal composition generally with arboreal and semi arboreal based animals. From the secondary source (local people working in the plant) it is also revealed that very common faunal species exists here. Butterflies and dragonflies are fairly common near herbs and flowering shrubs.
Ecology of Buffer Zone Habitat
The buffer zone habitat from 5 sq. km radius of the project site to 10 sq km. There are plants but no plantations. There are also fruit trees but not orchards or gardens. As most part of the buffer zone is represented by croplands, fallows without any plant growth, the natural vegetation is limited to a few rocky knolls, wastelands or grazing lands and roadsides. There are no rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) plant species within the buffer zone of 10 Km.
A total of 282 flora species were recorded in project area among which tree species are dominated the other life forms. The mine lease site is a government land classified as konda poromboke. It is currently barren land with shrubs. It looks more like large patches of shrubs in the grassland.
3-52 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Useful Plants in the Study Area
The direct dependence of the local populace upon the plants observed within the study area takes essentially three forms – utilization as food, for traditional medicinal purposes and a range of secondary uses
Uncultivated Food Plant
Uncultivated food-plants in the area include: Acacia nilotica (tender pods), Amarantusspinosus (tender shoots, leaves), Azadirachta indica (ripe fruits), Capparis decidua (raw fruits), Euphorbia hirta (tender shoots, leaves), Leucas aspera (tender shoots, leaves), Mangifera indica (fruits), Moringa oleifera (leaves, flowers, pods), Opuntia elatior (fruits), Phoenix sylvestris (sap, pith, fruits), Pithecolobium dulce (fruits), Prosopis spicigera (pods), Solanum surratense (tender leaves), Syzigiumcumini (fruits), Tamarindus indica (tender leaves, fruits), Zizyphusmauritiana& Z. oenoplia (fruits).
Medicinal Plants
Medicinal Plants in the area comprises of Decalepishemiltonii (roots), Achyranthes aspera (roots, seeds), Alternanthera sessilis(plant),Azadirachta indica (leaves, seeds), Calotropis gigantea (latex), Euphorbia hirta(plant), Leucas aspera (leaves), Melia azedarach (leaves, seeds),Pongamia pinnata (seeds), Santalum album (wood), Sida acuta (roots, leaves), Solanum surratense (roots), Typha angustata(seed-fibre), Vernonia cinerea (roots, leaves, seeds), Vitex negundo (leaves).
Secondary-use Plants
Secondary use plants in the area consists of Agave americana (plant-fibre for rope), Cryptostegia grandiflora (plant for rubber, bark-fibre for fishing- lines),Gliricidiasepium(leaves for manure), Ipomoea carnea (twigs for fishing-net floats), Pongamia pinnataoil for lamps), Sesbania bispinosa (leaves for manure), Sida acuta (stem-fibre for rope), Vitex negundo (leaves as pest-repellant).
Ecosystem services provided
Direct ecosystem source of local people is forest produce. The local people utilize the forest nearby to the village in four ways such as Fire wood, Bamboo, Major
3-53 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
forest produce, Minor forest produce. Apart from that the Aesthetics and habitat for faunal resources are extensive. The present ecosystem is well suitable for commercial propagation of any type of plants due to edaphic and climatic factors. This ecosystem also serves to local for firewood and fodder for goats and sheep.
Endemic, Threatened and Endangered Species
From the present survey it appears that none of the terrestrial species are under endangered and threatened species, and not listed in the Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended in 1991.
Exotic species
Prosopis juliflorais an evergreen tree native to South America, Central America and the Caribbean. In the United States, it is well known as mesquite. It is fast growing, nitrogen-fixing and tolerant to arid conditions and saline soils. Prosopis juliflora is an exotic and invasive widespread, multi-branched shrub/tree species in the India. It has been invading grasslands, native scrubland and forests of India. Our study showed that the Prosopis juliflora is one of the most dominant and wide spread in the core and buffer areas of the project site. Our biodiversity, abundance, density measures suggests Prosopis juliflora is fast growing in the area.
Table 3.19 List of ecologically important plant species observed in the Study Area
Botanical Name Family Name Habit Status Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Tree Native Terminalia catappa Combretaceae Tree Native Leucaena leucocephala Fabaceae Tree Native Albizia lebbeck Leguminosae Tree Native Cassia fistula Leguminosae Tree Native Cassia siamia Leguminosae Tree Native Dalbergia sisoo Leguminosae Tree Native Pongamia pinnata Leguminosae Tree Native Azardirachta indica Meliaceae Tree Native Acacia auriculiformis Mimosaceae Tree Native Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Tree Native Ficus religiosa Moraceae Tree Native Aegelemarmelos Rutaceae Tree Native
3-54 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
There are no wildlife sanctuaries or biosphere reserves or nesting or breeding grounds for any of the rare species or other protected areas within the project area. There are no mangroves or mangrove forests in the project area. There are no reserve forests or national parks or wildlife sanctuaries or biosphere reserves or nesting sites of Marine turtles either in the study area or around it in a radius of over 10 km. There are no ecologically sensitive areas within the 10 km radius. The project site is not situated within or adjacent to any cultural heritage sites, protected areas, buffer zones of protected areas, or special areas for protecting biodiversity. As such the area identified for the project is not ecologically sensitive. On the basis of field observations and interactions with local people of the area, literature survey reveals that no aquatic animals have spawning, breeding, nesting or nursery of Turtles and other endangered endemic aquatic animals in study area.
Cropland Ecosystem
The main crops are paddy (Oriza sativa), Maize (Zea mays), Jowar, Bajra, Pesalu or Green gram (Vigna radiata), Minumulu or Black gram (Vigna mungo), Sugarcane (Saccharum officinarum) and Tobaco (Nicotiana tobacum). Chillies, Sesamum etc.; because of favorable climatic conditions and the availability of irrigation facilities. Paddy is grown in different seasons. Other commercial crops are Coconut, Cashew, Mango, Banana, Cotton and Tobacco in surrounding villages. Casuarina as well as Cashew nut plantations are found mainly in coastal sandy plains and in sea beaches. Mango plantation is also observed in Perupaka village. Commonly grown kitchen gardening/ horticulture plants in the urban area near project site are Guava, Mango, Lemon, Banana, Grapes etc. as well as some vegetables. The agriculture field is bordered or barricaded by Cocos nucifera. There are no water bodies in the Mine lease area (MLA) there are no ecologically sensitive areas such as Biosphere Reserves, National Parks or Wildlife Sanctuaries or other protected areas within a distance of 15 Km from the MLA.
3-55 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 3.20 List of agricultural crops & commercial crops (including vegetables) species recorded in study area
Scientific Name Family Common name Crops Oriza sativa Poaceae Paddy Zea mays Poaceae Maize Vigna mungo Fabaceae Black Gram Vigna radiate Fabaceae Green Gram Arachis hypogea Fabaceae Ground Nut Dolichos biflorus Fabaceae Horse Gram Sesamum indicum Pedaliaceae Sesame Sorghum bicolor Poaceae Sorghum Pennisetum glaucum Poaceae Bajra Horticulture Crop Citrus medica Rutaceae Citrus Anacardium occidentale Anacardiaceae Cashew nut Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Mango Musa paradasiaca Musaceae Banana Psidium guajava Myrtaceae Guava Vegetable/Commercial Crops Abelmoschus esculentus Malvaceae Bhendi Allium cepa Lilliaceae Onion Capsicum annuum Solanaceae Chilli Caricca papaya Caricaceae Papaya Lycopersicon esculentum Solanaceae Tomato Moringa oleifera Moringaceae Drumstick Solanum melongena Solanaceae Brinjal Aquatic ecosystem
The study area comprises of many small and medium sized tanks. These ponds provide the suitable habitat for fresh water aquatic and semi aquatic plants. Pistia, Typha, Ipomia aquatica were most abundant here. There were no REET category species of aquatic and semi aquatic plants in the study area. The floristic survey of the existing farming site witnesses scattered growth of grasses (mainly weeds), rooted hydrophytes, emerging hydrophytes, shrubs in undisturbed area where human movement is absent. Among herbaceous species, weeds are commonly reported such as Congress grass (Parthenium hysterophorus), Lantana (Lantana Camara), Eupatorium triplinerve, Solanum xanthocarpum and Datura (Datura stromonium). Rooted hydrophytes are reported along the banks, where water level
3-56 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
is less than a foot or water has recedes after flooding. The commonly reported hydrophytes are Ipomoea carnea, Argeratumconyzoides, Azolla pinnata, Eichhornia crassipes, Lemnaperpusilla, Spirodelapolyrhiza, Ipomoea aquatica etc.
Table 3.21 List of plant species Recorded (* indicates Secondary data)
Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status Acacia auriculiformisBenth. Australia thumma Leguminosae Tree C Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Tellathumma Leguminosae Tree D Acacia nilotica (L.) Delile Nalla thumma Leguminosae Tree C Achrus zapota Sapota Sapotaceae Tree S Aegle marmelos (L.) Corrêa Maredu Rutaceae Tree R Ailanthus excelsaRoxb Peddamanu Simaroubaceae Tree D Alangiumsalviifolium (L.f.) Wangerin Vudugachettu Cornaceae Tree S Albizia amara (Roxb.) B. Boivin Konda sigara Leguminosae Tree S Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. Dirisanam Leguminosae Tree D Alstonia scholaris R.BR Edakulapala Apocynaceae Tree D Anacardium occidentale Jeedimamidi Anacardiaceae Tree S Annona squamosa L. Seethapalam Annonaceae Tree C Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb. ex DC.) Tiruman Combretaceae Tree S Anthocephaluscadamba (Roxb.) Miq. Kadambe Rubiaceae Tree R Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam. Panasa Moraceae Tree S Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Vepa Meliaceae Tree D Balanitesaegyptiaca (L.) Delile Gara Zygophyllaceae Tree D Bauhinia purpurea L. Bodhanta Leguminosae Tree D Bauhinia vahliiWight & Arnott Addakukulu Leguminosae Tree S Bauhinia variagata Mandari Caesalpiniaceae Tree R Borassus flabellifer L. Thadichettu Arecaceae Tree D Boswellia serrata Triana & Planch. Anduga Burseraceae Tree S Bridelia tomentosa Balli Euphorbiaceae Tree C Buchananialanzan Sara Anacaradaceae Tree S Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Modhuga Leguminosae Tree S Carica papaya L. Bopayachettu Caricaceae Tree C Cassia fistula L. Rela Leguminosae Tree S Cassia roxburghii DC. Seema rela Leguminosae Tree C Cassia siamea Lam. Seema thangedu Leguminosae Tree C Casuarina equisetifolia Sarugudu Casuarinaceae Tree S Ceiba pentandra (L.) Gaertn Tellaburuga Malvaceae Tree S Chloroxylon sweitenia Billudu Flindarsiaceae Tree C Chukrasiatabularis Konda vepa Meliaceae Tree D Citrus limon (L.) Burm. f. Nimma Rutaceae Tree S Cocos nucifera L. Kobbari Arecaceae Tree D Commiphorawightii Burseraceae Tree C
3-57 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status Dalbergia latifolia Roxb Jiteegi Leguminosae Tree S Dalbergia sissoo DC. Sisu Leguminosae Tree D Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. Chittikesaram Leguminosae Tree D Dendrocalamusstrictus Sannavedru Graminae Tree D Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Tuniki, Beedi Aaku Ebenaceae Tree S Dolichandrone falcata Seem. chittiniruddi Bignoniaceae Tree S Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Neelagirithylam Myrtaceae Tree C Euphorbia tirucalli L. Tirukalli Euphorbiaceae Tree D Ficus benghalensis L. Marri Moraceae Tree D Ficus hispidaL.f. Medipandu Moraceae Tree S Ficus racemosa L. Medi Moraceae Tree C Ficus religiosa L. Ravi Moraceae Tree S Gardenia latifolia PeddaKaringa Rubiaceae Tree C Gardenia resinifera Karinga Rubiaceae Tree S Gmelinaarborea Gummaditeku Lamiaceae Tree S Gmelina asiatica L. Peddagumudutekku Lamiaceae Tree R Gyrocarpusamericanus Hernandiaceae Tree C Hardwickiabinata (Roxb.) Yepi Leguminosae Tree S Holarrhenapubescens Istari Pala Asclepiadaceae Tree C Holoptelea integrifolia Planch. Nemalinara Ulmaceae Tree R Lagerstroemia parviflora Chinagoranta Lythraceae Tree S Lanneacoromandelica (Houtt.) Merr. Gumpena Anacardiaceae Tree R Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit Jabarichettu Leguminosae Tree D Limoniaacidissima L. Velaga Rutaceae Tree D Madhuca indica Gmel. Ippa Sapotaceae Tree C Mangifera indica L. Mamidi Anacardiaceae Tree C Maytenusemerginata Danti Celastraceae Tree S Mimosa polyancistra Thumma Mimosaceae Tree C Mimosopselangi Pogada Sapotaceae Tree S Mitragynaparvifolia Battaganike Rubiaceae Tree C Morindapubescens Togaru Rubiaceae Tree C Morinda tinctoria Roxb. Maddichettu Rubiaceae Tree S Murrayapaniculata (L.) Jack Golimi Rutaceae Tree C Musa paradisiaca L. Arati Musaceae Tree C Neolamarckia cadamba (Roxb) Bosser Kadamba Rubiaceae Tree S Nerium odoratum Lam. Erraganneru Apocynaceae Tree D Ougeniaoojeinensis Adavichikkudu Papilionaceae Tree S Pandanus tectorius Mogali Pandanaceae Tree S Parkinsonia aculeata L. Leguminosae Tree D Pavetta indica L. Lakkapapidi Rubiaceae Tree D Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Eethachettu Arecaceae Tree D Phyllanthus emblica L. Usiri Phyllanthaceae Tree D Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. Simachinta Leguminosae Tree D Plumeria alba L. Telladevaganneru Apocynaceae Tree R 3-58 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status Plumeria rubra L. ModuGanneru Apocynaceae Tree R Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) Thwaites Naramamidi Annonaceae Tree D Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Adivi ganuga Leguminosae Tree D Prosopis chilensis (Molina) Stuntz Mulla thumma Leguminosae Tree S Prosopis juliflora English tumma Mimosaceae Tree D Psidium guajava L. Jama Myrtaceae Tree C Pterocarpus marsupium Yegisa Papilionaceae Tree R Pterospermumacerifolium Muchkund Malvaceae Tree C PterospermumheyneanumG.Don Duddika Malvaceae Tree S Pterospermumxylocarpum Noliki Malvaceae Tree C Randiauliginosa Nalla manga Rubiaceae Tree S Salvadoraoleoides Salvadoraceae Tree C Samanea saman (Jacq.) Merr. Nidraganeeru Sapindaceae Tree D SapindusemarginatusVahl Kunkudu Sapindaceae Tree C Saracaasoca (Roxb.) Willd Asoka chettu Leguminosae Tree S Securinegaleucopyrus (Willd.) Müll.Arg. Phyllanthaceae Tree R Semecarpus anacardium Nalla Jeedi Anacardiaceae Tree C Soymidafebrifuga (Roxb.) A. Juss. Somi Meliaceae Tree R Spathodeacompanulata Bignoniaceae Tree C Sterculia urens Tapasi Sterculiaceae Tree C Strychnosnux-vomica Mushti Loganiaceae Tree R Strychnospotatorum Chilla Loganiaceae Tree C Swietenia mahagoni Meliaceae Tree R Syzygiumcumini (L.) Skeels Neredu Myrtaceae Tree C Tamarindus indica L. Chintha Leguminosae Tree D Tamarixaphylla Tamaricaceae Tree S Tecoma stans (L.) Juss. ex Kunth Pasupuganneru Bignoniaceae Tree D Tectona grandis L.f. Teak Lamiaceae Tree D Terminaliaarjuna Tella Maddi Combretaceae Tree C Terminalia bellirica Tani Combretaceae Tree C Terminalia catappa L. Badham Combretaceae Tree D Terminalia chebula Karaka Combretaceae Tree S Terminaliatomentosa nallamaddhi Combretaceae Tree C Thespeciapopulnea Ganga Raavi Malvaceae Tree D Thevetianeriifolia Pacha ganneru Apocynaceae Tree D Trema orientalis Bogguchettu Ulmaceae Tree S Vitex altissima Nemaliadugu Verbenaceae Tree S Vitex negundo L. Vaavili Verbenaceae Tree D Ziziphusxylopyrus Gotti Rhamnaceae Tree C Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Thutturubenda Malvaceae Sh D Agave americana L. Gitta nara Asparagaceae Sh D Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb. Gachapodha Leguminosae Sh S Caesalpinia bonducella Caesalpinaceae Sh S
3-59 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Sw. Rathnagandhi Leguminosae Sh D Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. Tellajilledu Apocynaceae Sh D Calotropis procera (Aiton) Dryand. Errajilledu Apocynaceae Sh S Canna indica L. Metta tamara Cannaceae Sh R Canthium parviflorum Rubiaceae Sh S Capparis aphylla Capparaceae Sh D Capparis decidua Capparaceae Sh D Capparissapiaria Capparaceae Sh D Capparis zeylanica L. Aarudonda Capparaceae Sh D Carissa carandas L. Vakkaya Apocynaceae Sh D Cascabela peruviana (L) Lippold Pacha ganneru Apocynaceae Sh R Cassiaalata Leguminosae Sh S ClerodendrumphlomidisL.f. Kond-takal Lamiaceae Sh R Clerodendrumserratum Verbenaceae Sh R Datura stramonium Ummetha Solanaceae Sh D Dodonaeaviscosa Jacq. Bandaru Sapindaceae Sh D Erythroxylon monogynum Dedaraaku Erythroxylaceae Sh S Euphorbia cactus Jemudu Euphorbiaceae Sh S Euphorbia caudifolium Euphorbiaceae Sh S Euphorbianeriifolia Jemudu Euphorbiaceae Sh D Euphorbia nivulia Vad Thor Euphorbiaceae Sh D Euphorbiatrans Jemudu Euphorbiaceae Sh S Glycosmis pentaphylla Rutaceae Sh C Grewia flavescensJuss. Jana Malvaceae Sh S Grewia hirsutaVahl Jana Tiliaceae Sh C Grewia tiliifoliaVahl PeddaJaanaThada Tiliaceae Sh R Gymnosporiamontana Danti Verbenaceae Sh C Helicteresisora L. Goobathadu Malvaceae Sh D Holarrhenaantidysenterica Apocynaceae Sh D Ipomoea carnea Jacq. Rubber mokka Convolvulaceae Sh D Ixoracoccinea Ramabanam Rubiaceae Sh D Jasminumcuspidatum Adavimalli Oleaceae Sh D Jatropha curcas L. Nepalam Euphorbiaceae Sh S Jatropha glanduliferaRoxb. Yerranepalamu Euphorbiaceae Sh D Justicia adhatoda L. Acanthaceae Sh S Lantana camara L. Pulikampa Verbenaceae Sh D Lawsoniainermis L. Gorinta Lythraceae Sh C Leonotisnepetifolia (L.) R.Br. Rana bheri Lamiaceae Sh S Morinda pubescens Sm. Rubiaceae Sh S Opuntia dillenii (Ker Gawl.) Haw. Naga jamudu Cactaceae Sh C Opuntiaelatior Cactaceae Sh D Phoenix acaulis Chitteetha Palmae Sh S Randiadumetorum Rubiaceae Sh D Salicornia brachiata Chenopodiaceae Sh S 3-60 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status Salvadora persica Khari Zar, Pailu Salvadoraceae Sh S Scirpustuberosus Cyperaceae Sh D Senna auriculata (L.) Roxb. Tangedu Leguminosae Sh D Solanum pubescens. Willd. Uchintha Solanaceae Sh D Tamarixtroupii Lai, Ratilai Tamaricaceae Sh S Xanthium indicum MaraluTeege Asteraceae Sh D Xanthiumstrumarium Marula-Mathangi Asteraceae Sh D Ziziphus oenopolia (L.) Mill. Parimi Rhamnaceae Sh D Eichornia crassipes Solms Pontederiaceae Hy S Hydrilla Rich. Hydrocharitaceae Hy S Ipomoea aquatica ThootiKoora Convolvulaceae Hy C Lemna minor Hegelm. Araceae Hy C Limnophila heterophylla R. Br. Plantaginaceae Hy C Marsilea quadrifolia L. Marsileaceae Hy S Neptunia oleracea Lour. Leguminosae Hy C Typha angustata Jammu Typhaceae Hy D Vallisneria L. Hydrocharitaceae Hy S Acalypha indica L. Euphorbiaceae H D Achyranthes aspera L Uttareni Amaranthaceae H D Aervalanata (L.) Juss Thelagapindi Amaranthaceae H D Aeschynomene aspera L Neetijeeluga Leguminosae H D Ageratum conyzoides (L.) L. Vasavi Asteraceae H D Aloe vera Kithanara Tiliaceae H R Alternanthera pungensKunth Mulla gutti Amaranthaceae H S Alysicarpus heterophyllus Fabaceae H R Amaranthus spinosus L. Mulla thotakoora Amaranthaceae H S Amaranthus viridis L. Chilakathotakoora Amaranthaceae H S Andrographis echioides Chalavalapurikada Acanthaceae H S Argemone mexicana L. Brahmadandi Papaveraceae H D Aristida hystrix L.f. Poaceae H C Barleriaprionitis L. Pachagorinta Acanthaceae H S Blumeamollis (D. Don) Merr. Kukkapogaku Asteraceae H D Boerhaviadiffusa L. Atikimamidi Nyctaginaceae H D Borreria hispida Spruce ex K. Schum. Rubiaceae H S Carallumaumbellata Apocynaceae H S Cassia occidentalis AdaviChennangi Leguminosae H D Cassia tora Tagarisa Caesalpiniaceae H D Catharanthus roseus (L.) G. Don Billaganneru Apocynaceae H D Celosia virgata Jacq. Guruga Amaranthaceae H C Cleome aspera J. König ex DC Cleomaceae H C Cleome viscosa L. Kukkavomintha Cleomaceae H D Colocasia esculenta Atukatiga Araceae H S Commelinaerecta L. Commelinaceae H S Commelina longifolia Lam. Commelinaceae H S 3-61 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status Crotalaria juncea L Janumu Leguminosae H C Crotalaria retusa L. Pottigiligicha Leguminosae H S Croton bonplandianusBaill. Vana mokka Euphorbiaceae H D Cyanotis cristata (L.) D. Don Commelinaceae H S Cynodondactylon Garika Poaceae H S Cyperus castaneus Poaceae H D Cyperus rotundus L. Cyperaceae H S Desmodiumdichotomum (Willd.) DC. Leguminosae H S Eclipta alba (L.) Hassk. Guntagalagara Asteraceae H S Euphorbia antiquorum BonthaJemudu Euphorbiaceae H C Euphorbia hirta L. Nanubalu Euphorbiaceae H D Evolvulusalsinoides (L.) L Convolvulaceae H D Gomphrena serrata L. Tellabendumalli Amaranthaceae H C Heteropogon contortus (L.) Poaceae H C Hyptissuaveolens Mahabeera Lamiaceae H D Indigofera cordifolia Roth Leguminosae H C Indigofera hirsuta L. Kolapattitulu Leguminosae H C Indigofera linnaei Ali Leguminosae H C Justicia procumbens L. Acanthaceae H S Leucas aspera Tummi Lamiaceae H D Ludwigia perennis L. Lavangakayamokka Onagraceae H C Mimosa pudica Atthipathi Leguminosae H D Mollugocerviana (L.) Ser. Molluginaceae H S Ocimumcanum Sims KukkaTulasi Lamiaceae H D Ocimum sanctum Tulasi Lamiaceae H C Oldenlandiaumbellata L. Chiru veru Rubiaceae H D Oxalis corniculata Indian Sorrel Oxalidaceae H D Parthenium hysterophorus L. Vayyaribhama Asteraceae H D Pavoniazeylanica Cav. Karubenda Malvaceae H C Phyllanthus amanus NelaUsiri Euphorbiaceae H D Phyllanthus maderaspatensis L. Phyllanthaceae H S Phyllanthus reticulatus Pulasari / Puliseru Euphorbiaceae H C Plumbago zeylanica L Agnimaata Plumbaginaceae H C Portulaca oleracea L. Pappu Kura Portulacaceae H C Portulaca quadrifida Goddupavali Portulacaceae H R Pupalialappacea (L.) Juss Thella uttareni Amaranthaceae H C Rhynchosiabeddomei Baker Leguminosae H S Ruellia tuberosa L. Jurbulagadda Acanthaceae H D Scoparia dulcis L. Pottiboli Plantaginaceae H C Sesamum alatum Rekkanuvvulu Pedaliaceae H C Sesuviumportulacastrum (L.) L. Thikka Kura Aizoaceae H D Sida acuta Burm.f. Medabirusaku Malvaceae H D Sida cordifolia L. Chiru Benda Malvaceae H D Sida spinosa L. Naga bala Malvaceae H C 3-62 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status Solanum surattenseBurm. f. Nelavakudu Solanaceae H D Solanum xanthocarpum Vakabu Solanaceae H C Sonchus oleraceus (L.) L. Compositae H D Sphaeranthus indicus L. Bodasaramu Asteraceae H D Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Vempali Leguminosae H D Trianthemaportulacastrum L. kadaraku Aizoaceae H S Tribulus terrestris L Zygophyllaceae H D Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Gaddichamanthi Asteraceae H D TriumfettapentandraA.Rich. Chirusitrika Malvaceae H D Urena lobata L. Peddabenda Malvaceae H D Vanda tessellata Kodikallachettu Orchidaceae H D Vernonia cinerea (L.) Less. Compositae H D Waltheria indica L. Nalla Benda Malvaceae H D Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Reni Rhamnaceae H D Alloteropsiscimicina Poaceae G S ApludamuticaL.f. Poaceae G S Brachiariaeruciformis Poaceae G S Chloris barbata Sw. Uppu Gaddi Poaceae G C Chloris virgata Sw. Poaceae G C Cymbopogon citratus Nimmagaddi Poaceae G S Cymbopogon coloratus Dubbugaddi Poaceae G S Cyperus flavidus Cyperaceae G C Digitariaciliaris Poaceae G C Eragrostistenella Poaceae G C Fimbristyliscymosa Pulupu gaddi Cyperaceae G C Saccharum spontaneum Kaki Cheraku Poaceae G S Zizania latifolia Poaceae G C Abrusfruticulosussensu Torre. Leguminosae CL S Abrusprecatorius L. Gurivinda Leguminosae CL D Aristolochiabracteolata Lam. Gadida-Gadapaku Aristolochiaceae CL R Asparagus racemosusWilld. Pilli Gaddalu Asparagaceae CL D Canavalia gladiata (Jacq.) DC Leguminosae CL R Cardiospermum halicacabum L. Buddakakara Sapindaceae CL S Cassytha filiformis Green thread Lauraceae CL C Cissus quadrangularis L. Nalleru Vitaceae CL D Clitoriaternatea L. Sanku-Pushpamu Leguminosae CL S Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt. Kaki Donda Cucurbitaceae CL D Combretum albidum G. Don. Combretaceae CL D Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Convolvulaceae CL S Decalepishamiltonii Maredukommulu Periplocaceae CL S Dendrophthoe falcata (L.f.) Jiddu Loranthaceae CL S Desmodium triflorum MuntaMandu Leguminosae CL C Dioscoreahispida Dioscoreaceae CL R Dioscoreaoppositifolia L. Adda dumpa Dioscoreaceae CL S 3-63 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status Dioscorea pentaphylla Adavigunusuthega Dioscoreaceae CL S Evolvulousalsinoides Vishnukrantha Convolvulaceae CL D Ipomoea macrantha Convolvulaceae CL S Ipomoea nil (L.) Roth. Convolvulaceae CL D Ipomoea obscura (L.) Ker Gawl. Convolvulaceae CL S Leptadenia reticulata MukkupalaTeega Asclepiadaceae CL D Merremia tridentata (L.) Hallier f. Convolvulaceae CL D Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Dulagondi Leguminosae CL C Passiflora edulis Sims. Fashion fruit Passifloraceae CL S Pergulariadaemia (Forssk.) Chiov. Dustapu-Teega Apocynaceae CL D RiveahypocrateriformisChoisy. Bodditeega Convolvulaceae CL D Tinospora cordifolia (Willd.) Miers. Tippateega Menispermaceae CL D C- Common, CL-Climber, D-Dominant, G- Grass, H-Herb, HY- Hydrophyte, S- Sparse, SH-Shrub, R-Rare
Table 3.22 List of Fauna and Their Conservation Status Scientific Name Common Name Family WPA Status IUCN Mammals Canis aureus indicus Indian Jackal Canidae Part-II of Sch-II LC Semnopithecus entellus Deccan Hanuman Cercopithecidae Part-II of Sch-II Langur LC Herpestesjavanicus Common Indian Herpestidae Part II of Mongoose Schedule II LC Lesser Mouse-Tailed Chiroptera Rhinopomahardwickii Bat LC Cynopterus sphinx Short-Nosed Fruit Bat Chiroptera Schedule V LC Pipistrellus coromandra Indian Pipistrelle Chiroptera LC Lepus nigricollis Black-naped Hare Leporidae Schedule IV LC Bendicota bengalensis Indian mole rat Muridae LC Bendicota indica Bandicoot rat Muridae LC Mus musculus House Mouse Muridae LC Rattus rattus House rat Muridae LC Funambulus palmarum Three striped palm Sciuridae squirrel LC *Status assigned by the IUCN, where – CR – Critically Endangered; EN – Endangered; LC – Least Concern; NT – Near Threatened; VU – Vulnerable, DA – Data Deficient, NE – Not Evaluated Sources: Vivek Menon (2014), Indian Mammals: A Field Guide. Hachette Book Publishing India Pvt. Ltd., Gurgaon, India, pp 1-522; IUCN (2015). The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2015-4; Schedules I to VI: Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.
3-64 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Aves:
Table 3.23 listed birds are Least Concern under IUCN and Schedule - IV under Indian Wildlife Protection Act (1972) (* directly observed)
IUCN IWPA Scientific name Common Name Family Status Status Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae LC IV Accipiter nisus Eurasian Sparrow Hawk Accipitridae LC IV Accipiter virgatus Besra Sparrow Hawk Accipitridae LC IV Acridotheres tristis Common Myna* Sturnidae LC IV Acrocephalusaedon Thickbilled Warbler LC IV Acrocephalusagricola Paddy field Warblers* Acrocephalidae LC IV Acrocephalusstentoreus Reed Warbler Acrocephalus LC IV Aegithinatiphia Common Iora LC IV Alcedoatthis* Common Kingfisher LC IV Anas poecilorhyncha Spot Billed Duck* Anatidae LC IV Anastomusoscitans Open Billed Storks Ciconiidae LC IV Anthusrufulus Paddy pipet* Motacilladae LC IV Apus affinis House Swift* Apodidae LC IV Ardea alba Large Egrets Ardeidae LC IV Ardea cinerea Grey Heron * Ardeidae LC IV Ardea intermedia Medium Egret Ardeidae LC IV Ardeolagrayii Pond Heron* Ardeidae LC IV Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret* Ardeidae LC IV Calidris temminckii Temminck's Stint* Scolopacidae LC IV Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant* Cuculidae LC IV Cerylerudis Pied Kingfisher Cerylidae LC IV Charadrius alexandrinus Kentish Plovers Charadriidae LC IV Charadrius hiaticula Ringed Plover Charadriidae LC IV Cinnyris asiaticus Purple Sunbird* Nectariniidae LC IV Cisticola juncidis Streaked Fantail Warbler Cisticolidae LC IV Columba livia* Rock Pigeon LC IV Copsychussaularis Oriental Magpie Robin Muscicapidae LC IV Coraciiformesasbenghalensis Indian Roller* Coraciiformesidae LC IV Corvus splendens* House Crow* LC IV Cypsiurusbalasiensis Asian Palm Swift* Apodidae LC IV Delichonurbicum Northern House Martin Hirundinidae LC IV Dendrocittaformosae Grey Treepie Corvidae LC IV Dicrurusmacrocercus Black Drongo* Dicruridae LC IV Lesser Golden Backed LC IV Dinopiumbenghalense Woodpecker Picidae Egrettagarzetta Little Egret Ardeidae LC IV Elanus caeruleus Black Shouldered Kite Accipitridae LC IV Eremopterix grisea Ashy crowned Sparrow Alaudidae LC IV
3-65 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
IUCN IWPA Scientific name Common Name Family Status Status lark Eudynamysscolopacea Asian Koel* Cuculidae LC IV Euodicemalabarica White Throated Munia* Estrildidae LC IV Francolinuspondicerianus Grey Patridge Phasianidae LC IV Fulicaatra Common Coot* Rallidae LC IV Gallinagogallinago Common Snipe Scolopacidae LC IV Gallinula chloropus Common Moorhen* Rallidae LC IV Gracupica contra Asian Pied starling Sturnidae LC IV Haliasturindus Brahminy Kite* Accipitridae LC IV Himantopus himantopus Black winged stilt* Recurvirostridae LC IV Hirundodaurica Red Rumped Swallows Hirundinidae LC IV Hydrophasianuschirurgus Pheasant Tailed Jacana Jacanidae LC IV Laniuscristatus Brown shrike Laniidae LC IV leptocomazeylonica Purple Rumped Sunbird Nectariniidae LC IV Lonchura atricapilla Black Headed Munia* Estrildidae LC IV Lonchurapunctulata Spotted Munia Estrildidae LC IV Megalaimahaemacephala Copper Smith Barbet* Megalaimidae LC IV Meropsorientalis Small Bee eater* Meropidae LC IV Metopidius indicus Bronze winged Jacana Jacanidae LC IV Milvus migrans Black kite* Accipitridae LC IV Motacilla alba White wagtail Motacillidae LC IV Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail* Motacillidae LC IV Motacilla flava Yellow wagtail Motacilladae LC IV Nettapuscoromandelianus Cotton Teal Anatidae LC IV Nyctyornisathertoni Blue tailed Bee eaters Meropidae LC IV Ocycerosbirostris Grey Hornbills* Bucerotidae LC IV Oriolusoriolus Eurasian Golden Oriole Oriolidae LC IV Orthotomussutorius Tailor bird Cisticolidae LC IV Passer domesticus House Sparrow* Passeridae LC IV Pellomeumruficeps Puff-throated Babbler LC IV Pericrocotuscinnamomeus Small Minivet LC IV Pericrocotusflammeus Scarlet Minivet LC IV Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant* Phalacrocorax LC IV Phylloscopusaphinis Tickell's Warbler LC IV Phylloscopusmaculipennis Ashy Warblers Phylloscopidae LC IV Pitta brachyura Indian Pitta LC IV Ploceusphilippinus Baya Weaver Ploceidae LC IV Porphyrioporphyrio Purple Moorhen* Rallidae LC IV Priniahodgsonii Grey Breasted Prinia Cisticolidae LC IV Psittaculaeupatria Alexandrine Parakeet Psittacidae LC IV Psittaculakrameri Rose ringed Parakeet Psittacidae LC IV Pycnonotuscafer Red Vented Bulbul Pycnonotidae LC IV Saxicola caprata Pied bush chat Muscicapidae LC IV
3-66 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
IUCN IWPA Scientific name Common Name Family Status Status Saxicoloidesfulicata Indian Robin* Muscicapidae LC IV Sterna hirundo Common Terns Sternidae LC IV Streptopeliadecaocto Eurasian Collared Dove LC IV Streptopeliaorientalis Spoted dove* Columbidae LC IV Streptopeliaturtur Turtle Doves* Columbidae LC IV Stumus vulgaris Common Starling LC IV Sturniapagodarum Brahminy Starlings sturnidae LC IV Sylvia althaea (S.curruca) Lesser Whitethroat LC IV Sylvia communis common whitethroat LC IV Sylvia nana Desert Warbler LC IV Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe Podicipedidae LC IV Tephrodornispondicerianus Common Wood Shrike Prionopidae LC IV Turdoidescaudata Common Babbler Timaliidae LC IV Turdoidesmalcolmi Large Grey Babblers Timaliidae LC IV Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler* Timaliidae LC IV Upupa epops Hoopoe Upupidae LC IV Vanellus indicus Red wattled Lapwing Charadriidae LC IV *Status assigned by the IUCN, where – CR – Critically Endangered; EN – Endangered; LC – Least Concern; NT – Near Threatened; VU – Vulnerable, DA – Data Deficient, NE – Not Evaluated Sources
Ali, S and Ripley, S.D. 1969.Handbook of the Birds of India and Pakistan together with those of Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan and Ceylon,3. Stone Curlews to Owls. Oxford University Press, Bombay, 327pp.
Bird Life International 2012. In: IUCN 2012. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2012.2.
Grimmett, R., Inskipp, C and T. Inskipp, 2001. Pocket Guides to the Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Cristopher Helm Publishers, Oxford University Press, 384pp.
Table 3.24 List of Reptiles either spotted or reported from the study area. (* indicates Primary data)
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN IWPA Ahaetullanasutus Green whip snake LC Najanaja Indian Cobra LC II Viperarusselli Russel Viper LR II Dendrelaphis tristis Tree Snake LC Ptyasmucosus Common Rat snake LC II Amphiesmastolata Buffstriped keelback LC 3-67 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Trimeresurusgramineus Green pit viper LC IV Typhlopshypomethes Common blind snake LC IV Enhydrisenhydris Common Smooth Water Snake LC Varanus bengalensis Common Indian monitor LR II Chamaeleon zelanicus Chameleon* VU II Mabuyacarinata Common Skink* LC Calotesrouxi Forest Calottes* LC Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard* LC Hemimidactylusbrooki House gecko* LC Hemidactylus forenatus Southern House Gecko LC
Table 3.25 List of Amphibians either spotted or reported from the study area. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN IWPA Bufo melanosticus Common toad LC Sch-IV Rana hexadactyla Commn green frog * LC Sch-IV Rana leptodactyla Small forg LC Sch-IV Rana tigrina Bullfrog LC Sch-IV Rhacophorus maculatus Common Tree Frog* LC Sch-IV
*Status assigned by the IUCN, where – CR – Critically Endangered; EN – Endangered; LC – Least Concern; NT – Near Threatened; VU – Vulnerable, DA – Data Deficient, NE – Not Evaluated Sources: Indraneil Das (2002). Snakes & other Reptiles of India. New Holland Publishers (UK) Ltd pp. 1-144; Romulus Whitaker & Ashok Captain (2006). Snakes of India; Dreko Books, Chennai, pp 1-146; IUCN (2015); The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.Version 2015-4; Schedules I to VI: Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. Table 3.26 List of Butterflies either spotted or reported from the study area. (* indicates Primary data) Scientific Name Common Name Status Acraea violae Tawny Coster* Danaus chrysippuschrysippus Plain Tiger * Danaus genutiagenutia Striped Tiger* Euploea core core Common Crow* Sch- IV Phalantaphalanthaphalantha Common Leopard* Precis lemoniaslemonias Lemon Pansy* Precis orithya royale Blue Pansy * Chiladeslaius Lime Blue* Evereslacturnussyntala Indian Cupid * Freyeriatrochylus Grass Jewel* Jamidescelenoaelianus Common Cerulean * TarucusnaraKollar Rounded Pierrot* Colotisetrida Small or Little Orange Tip* Colotis eucharis eucharis Plain Orange Tip* Catopsiliapomona Common Emigrant*
3-68 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Scientific Name Common Name Status Euremahecabesimulata Common Grass Yellow* Papiliodemoleus Lime Butterfly* Papiliopolytespolytes Common Mormon* Papiliopolytesstichius Common Mormon *
3-69 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
CHAPTER 4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
4.0 Identification of Impacts
Identification of Impacts is one of the basic analytical steps of EIA for subsequent prediction and evaluation of impacts. Impact is a change in baseline due to interaction of a development activity with environment, or interaction of environment with development activity, or change in baseline due to a manmade emergency. The impacts were assessed for construction stage, operation stage and emergency cases. Initially the assessment was done to identify impacts due to the proposed Laterite mining development activity using network method which mainly follows cause condition and effect relationship. The interaction of mining activity on the environment was assessed by posing questions related to each aspect of miming activity envisaged as part of proposed mining. After broad identification of impacts, an interaction table enumerating the activity vs factors of various environmental components was prepared for various stages of mining activity implementation considering the entire life cycle of construction, operation and decommissioning.
4.1 Environmental impacts from mining and associated infrastructure
The mining activity and development of required infrastructure result in potential impact on environment. The operational stage was considered for both regular operation and for incidents and emergencies caused by both human errors and extreme weather phenomena. Table 4.1 to 4.4 present the interaction tables identifying the environmental factors anticipated to have an impact due to the mining and impacts due to environment on the mining.
4-1 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.1 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Construction Stage Environment Abiotic Socio Biotic Others
Component Climate Atmosphere Land Water Economic
Factors
Soil
logy
Flora
Socio Socio
safety
Fauna Waste
Change
Climate Climate
Geology
vibration
Economic
Noise and and Noise
health and and health
FireSafety
Air quality Air
Management
Occupational Occupational
Surface Water Surface
Micrometeoro Ground Water Ground Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ √ Line cutting, √ √ √ √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Site services √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Indicates Impact Table 4.2 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Regular Operation Stage Environment Abiotic Atmospher Biotic Socio
Component Climate e Land Water Economic Others
Factors
Soil
Flora
Socio Socio
ology
Water Water safety
Waste Waste
Fauna
Surface Surface
Change Climate Climate
Ground
Geology
vibration
Economic
Noise and and Noise
health and and health
FireSafety
Air quality Air
Micrometeor Management Activity Occupational Mining stage Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ √ √ √ Indicates Impact
4-2 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.3 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Incidents and Accidents Environment Abiotic Socio Biotic Others
Component Climate Atmosphere Land Water Economic
Factors t
Soil
Flora
Socio Socio
Water Water safety
Fauna Waste
rology
Surface Surface
Change
Climate Climate
Ground
Geology
vibration
Economic
Noise and and Noise
FireSafety
Air quality Air
l health and and health l
Micrometeo
Managemen Occupationa Operation Stage Incidents and Accidents Machinery Failure √ √ Fire accidents √ √ Accidents during transport of √ √ √ √ √ material Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ √ Indicates Impact Table 4.4 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Decommissioning Environment Abiotic Socio Biotic Others
Component Climate Atmosphere Land Water Economic
Factors nt
Soil
Flora
Socio Socio
Water Water
Waste Waste
Fauna
Surface Surface
orology Change
Ground Climate
Geology
al health health al
vibration
Economic
Noise and and Noise
and safety and
FireSafety
Micromete
Air quality Air
Manageme Occupation Mine Closure Removal, Back filling √ √ √ and sealing √ √ √ √ Removal of structures √ √ √ √ Danger due to √ inadvertent entry √ √ Indicates Impact
4-3 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.1.1 Impact Networks The purpose of identifying the impacts is that it aids in making appropriate decision to mitigate the adverse consequences if any. The degree of extensiveness and scale of impacts and the consequences based on value judgments are generalized while identifying impacts; as it is imperative that the impact will normally lead to a chain of reactions. The construction of network charts brings out to certain extent the appropriate levels of risks that may occur due to the interventions while interacting with hydrological, biological and social systems due to the proposed mining activity its life time of construction, operation and Mine closure including emergency scenarios both natural and manmade. The conceptual site model of mining activity before and during mining activity area presented in Figure 4.1 – 4.2, while the generic impact networks for each aspect of environment are presented in Figure 4.3 to 4.7.
Figure 4.1 Conceptual site model of mining activity (Site Preparation)
4-4 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 4.2 Conceptual site model of mining activity (During Mining)
Figure 4.3 Impacts on Air Environment
4-5 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 4.4 Impacts on Water Environment
Figure 4.5 Noise Impact on Surrounding Environment
4-6 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 4.6 Impact of Solid Waste on Soil Quality
Figure 4.7 Socio- Economic Environment
4-7 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.2 Prediction and Assessment of Impacts
Based on the above images and tables the impacts are identified with respect to the current mining project. The identified impacts are assessed by posing questions related each activity of proposed project and their interaction with environment during the life cycle of the proposed Laterite mining activity i.e., construction, operation and mine closure stages including incident and accidents scenario during operation stage. The statutory limits of ambient air quality, noise, emissions and discharges as mandated by the MoEFCC was considered to classify the quantifiable impacts as acceptable or not acceptable. However, there are few impacts that cannot be quantified, which need to be qualitatively assessed. There are a number of methods for qualitatively assessing the impacts to arrive at the significance of impact. The qualitative assessment of impacts require characterization with respect to its magnitude, geographic extent, duration, frequency, reversibility, probability of occurrence, confidence rating and impact rating. The manual published by MOEF&CC prescribes the following process for determining the significance of impact; first, an impact is qualified as being either negative or positive. Second, the nature of impacts such as direct, indirect, or cumulative is determined using the impact network. Third, a scale is used to determine the severity of the effect; for example, an impact is of low, medium, or high significance. Accordingly, it was proposed to quantify the impacts which are a direct result of the activities contingent on availability of reliable prediction tools. In case the quantification is not feasible, a subjective assessment of the impact significance using Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix (RIAM) was used. Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix (RIAM) is constructed from a set of well-defined assessment criteria and a collection of specific environmental indicators or components. The environmental indicators are carefully chosen for the purpose of evaluating the potential impacts of the alternatives that are being considered (Pastakia and Jensen, 1998).
4.2.1 Methodology of Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix The RIAM is suited to EIA where a multi-disciplinary team approach is used, as it allows for data from different sectors to be analyzed against common important criteria within a common matrix, thus providing a clear assessment of the major
4-8 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
impacts. With the assessment criteria typically arrayed as the columns of the matrix and the indicators as the rows, the cells are comprised of numbers which provide a measure of the expected impacts of the indicators when measured against the assessment criteria. Technically, the assessment process is comprised of four steps that must be completed in sequence: Step I — create a set of indicators, Step II — provide numerical values for the indicators, Step III — compute environmental scores and Step IV — evaluate the alternatives. RIAM is based on the knowledge that certain specific criteria are common to all impact assessments, and by scaling these criteria it becomes possible to record the values of the assessments made. RIAM works with both negative and positive impacts. Not all criteria can be given the same weight, and so the criteria are divided into two groups: those which individually are important in their impact; and those that collectively important. The important assessment criteria fall into two groups: (A) Criteria that are of importance to the condition, and which can individually change the score obtained. (B) Criteria that are of value to the situation, but individually should not be capable of changing the score obtained. The value ascribed to each of these groups of criteria is determined by the use of a series of simple formulae. These formulae allow the scores for the individual components to be determined on a defined basis.
The process can be expressed:
(a1) x (a2) = aT (b1) + (b2) + (b3) = bT (aT) x (bT) = ES Group (A) criteria
Importance of condition (A1)
A measure of the importance of the condition, which is assessed against the spatial boundaries or human interests it will affect. The scales are defined:
4 = important to national/international interests 3 = important to regional/national interests 2 = important to areas immediately outside the local condition 1 = important only to the local condition
4-9 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
0 = no importance.
Magnitude of change/effect (A2)
Magnitude is defined as a measure of the scale of benefit/dis-benefit of an impact or a condition:
+ 3 = major positive benefit + 2 = significant improvement in status quo + 1 = improvement in status quo 0 = no change/status quo - 1 = negative change to status quo - 2 = significant negative dis-benefit or change - 3 = major dis-benefit or change. Group (B) criteria
Permanence (B1)
This defines whether a condition is temporary or permanent, and should be seen only as a measure of the temporal status of the condition 1 = no change/not applicable 2 = temporary 3 = permanent. Reversibility (B2)
This defines whether the condition can be changed and is a measure of the control over the effect of the condition.
1 = no change/not applicable 2 = reversible 3 = irreversible. Cumulative (B3)
This is a measure of whether the effect will have a single direct impact or whether there will be a cumulative effect over time, or a synergistic effect with other conditions.
4-10 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
1 = no change/not applicable 2 = non-cumulative/single 3 = cumulative/synergistic Environmental components
The RIAM requires specific assessment components to be defined through a process of scoping; and these environmental components fall into one of four categories, which are defined as follows:
Physical/chemical:
Covering all physical and chemical aspects of the environment, including finite (non- biological) natural resources, and degradation of the physical environment by pollution.
Biological / ecological:
Covering all biological aspects of the environment, including renewable natural resources, conservation of biodiversity, species interactions, and pollution of the biosphere.
Sociological / cultural:
Covering all human aspects of the environment, including social issues affecting individuals and communities; together with cultural aspects, including conservation of heritage, and human development.
Economic / operational: To qualitatively identify the economic consequences of environmental change, both temporary and permanent, as well as the complexities of project management within the context of the project activities. The use of these four categories can be, in itself, a competent tool for EIA, though each category can be further sub-divided to identify specific environmental components that better demonstrate the possible impacts. The degree of sensitivity and detail of the system can thus be controlled by the selection and definition process for these environmental components.
4-11 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Criteria for Significance of Impacts based on Environmental Scores
Environmental Score Range Description of Range Bands Bands +72 to +108 +E Major Positive Change/Impacts +36 to + 71 +D Significant Positive Change/Impacts +19 to + 35 +C Moderately positive change/impacts +10 to + 18 +B Positive Change/Impacts +1 to +9 +A Slightly Positive Change/impacts 0 N No Change/status quo/not applicable -1 to -9 -A Slightly Negative Change/impacts -10 to - 18 -B Negative Change/Impacts -19 to - 35 -C Moderately negative change/impacts -36 to -71 -D Significant negative change/impacts -72 to -108 -E Major negative change/impacts
4.2.2Air Environment The sources of air pollution in the proposed activity are emissions from dozing equipment and transportation vehicles, in addition to wind erosion of stockpiles. The emissions from dozing equipment and transport vehicles consist of particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, and oxides of nitrogen, which results in change in criteria air contaminants in ambient air quality. The adoption of mitigation measures like water sprinkling along the haulage roads shall reduce the impact to low levels. Wind erosion of stockpiled mineral may result in particulate pollution in the immediate surroundings. The anticipated impacts on air environment are presented in Table 4.5 and Table 4.6 presents significance of each impact based on RIAM. The impact assessment indicates that the proposed Laterite mining activity in the cluster will have slightly negative change/impacts on visibility, change in odor related contaminants, and eutrophication of sensitive ecosystems, whereas negative impact is indicated on change in criteria air pollutants, change in greenhouse gases, and impact on soil and flora due to wet and dry deposition of pollutants.
4-12 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.5 Impacts on Air Environment
Impact
r related related r
Activity
Change in in Change air Criteria contaminants in Change and health odo contaminants in Change greenhouse gases in Change visibility on Effects due vegetation dry to wet and deposition on soil Effects dry to due and deposition wet Eutrophication ofsensitive due ecosystem deposition N20 Construction Stage Site clearing, √ Line cutting, √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ √ √ √ √ Production stage Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √ Removal of structures √ √ √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact
4-13 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.6 Impact significance - Air Environment
Impact aT
ES
(B1) (B2) (B3)
(A1)
(b3) = bT = (b3)
effect (A2) effect
of change / ofchange
Magnitude Magnitude
(a1) x (a2) = = (a2) x (a1)
Importance Importance
Cumulative Cumulative
(b1) + (b2) + (b2) + (b1)
Permanence
of condition ofcondition
(aT) x (bT) = = (bT) x (aT)
Significance Reversibility Reversibility Change in Criteria air contaminants 2 -1 2 3 3 -2 7 -14 -B Change in health and odor related contaminants 1 -1 2 3 3 -1 7 -7 -A Change in greenhouse gases 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 7 -14 -B change in visibility 1 -1 2 3 2 -1 7 -7 -A Effects on vegetation due to dry and wet deposition 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 6 -12 -B Effects on soil due to dry and wet deposition 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 6 -12 -B Eutrophication of sensitive ecosystem due N20 1 -1 2 3 2 -1 6 -6 -A deposition
4-14 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.2.3 Details of Mathematical Modeling The change is criteria air pollutants is calculated by conducting air quality impact predictions. A large number of different mathematical models for dispersion calculations are in practice in many parts of the world. Most of the models for prediction of downwind concentrations are based on Gaussian dispersion. The principle behind the Gaussian dispersion models is Gaussian probability distribution of concentration in both vertical and horizontal cross wind directions about the plume central line.
Predictions of ground level concentrations of the pollutants were carried out based on site meteorological data collected during the study period. For calculation of predicted ground level concentrations, ISCST3 model of Lakes Environmental based on USEPA, ISCST3 algorithm is used as it has a more sophisticated algorithm incorporating deposition, better algorithm for area sources, etc.
Overview of New Features in the ISC3 Models The ISC3 models include several new features. A revised area source algorithm and revised dry deposition algorithm have been incorporated in the models. The ISC3 models also include an algorithm for modeling impacts of particulate emissions from open pit sources, such as surface coal mines. The Short-Term model includes a new wet deposition algorithm, and also incorporates the COMPLEX1 screening model algorithms for use with complex and intermediate terrain. When both simple and complex terrain algorithms are included in a Short-Term model run, the model will select the higher impact from the two algorithms on an hour-by-hour, source-by- source, and receptor by- receptor basis for receptors located on intermediate terrain, i.e., terrain located between the release height and the plume height.
Some of the model input options have changed and newer input options have been added as a result of the new features contained in the ISC3 models. The source deposition parameters have changed somewhat with the new dry deposition algorithm, and there are new source parameters needed for the wet deposition algorithm in the Short-Term model. There are also new meteorology input requirements for use of the new deposition algorithms. The option for specifying
4-15 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
elevation units has been extended to source elevations and terrain grid elevations, in addition to receptor elevations.
The utility programs, STOLDNEW, BINTOASC, and METLIST have not been updated. While they may continue to be used as before, they are not applicable to the new deposition algorithms in the ISC3 models. The salient features of the ISCST3 model are presented below Table 4.7. The air quality predictions have been made using the model evaluation protocol for fugitive dust impact modeling for surface coal mining operations (EPA 1995, EPA 1994).
Table 4.7 Salient Features of the ISCST3 Model Item Details Model name ISCST3 (Based on USEPA algorithm) Source Types Point, Area, Volume, Open Pits Dispersion Equation Steady State Gaussian Plume Equation Diffusion Parameters Pasqual Gifford Co-efficient Plume Rise Briggs Equation Time Average 1 hr to Annual/Period Has Short Term and Long-Term modeling options Deposition Both Dry and Wet Deposition Application Input data: (i) Source Data mine coordinates, base elevation, emission rates of pollutants (ii) Receptor Data Grid interval, number of receptors, receptor elevations (iii) Meteorological Hourly meteorological data i.e. wind speed, direction, data ambient temperature, stability and mixing heights
Model Formulation
The model uses the following steady state Gaussian plume equation. The basic equation for calculating the concentration of pollutants for any point in x, y, z co- ordinates is given below:
C(x,y,z,H) = Q/2yz U exp[-1/2(y/y)2]x[exp{-1/2(z-h/z)2} + exp {-1/2 (z+H/z) 2}] Where C= Concentration of pollutants in mg/cu m Q= Strength of emissions in g/sec. H= Effective Height (m), i.e., physical height + plume raise y, z= diffusion coefficients in y and z directions in m. U= average wind velocity in m/sec. The following assumptions are made in Gaussian dispersion model.
4-16 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
This model assumes no diffusion in the down wind direction and thus applicable to a plume and not a puff of pollutant. The dispersion parameter values used for horizontal dispersion coefficient and vertical dispersion coefficients are those given in the “Work book of atmospheric dispersion estimates”. These dispersion coefficients assume a sampling time of about 10min., the height values of interest to be in the lowest several hundred meters of the atmosphere, a surface corresponding to the open country. The stacks are tall enough to be free from building turbulence so that no aerodynamic down wash occurs. The given stability exists from ground level to well above the top of the plume.
The Gaussian dispersion model has been tested extensively for its validity and found to be reasonably applicable for different atmospheric conditions. BIS has also adopted this basic plume dispersion model. Hence the same model is adopted for predictions of downwind concentrations of pollutants in this report.
Meteorological Data Data recorded by the weather monitoring station at site on wind speed, direction, solar isolation, temperature and cloud cover at one hourly interval for three months i.e. One full season has been used for computations.
Mixing Height The mixing heights for ambient air quality predictions are adopted from Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India by S.D Attri, Siddartha Singh, B. Mukhopadhya and A.K Bhatnagar, Published by Indian Metrological Department, New Delhi, 2008. The mixing heights range from 650 to 1450 m during summer season. There is no record of inversion for this area (reference: Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India by S.D Attri, Siddartha Singh, B. Mukhopadhya and A.K Bhatnagar, Published by Indian Metrological Department, New Delhi, 2008). There is no record of inversion in this area as observed from the IMD data.
4.2.4 Emissions from Mining activity and transportation The speciation of PM based on the particle size was done using AP-42 emission factors of USEPA. The emission rate of PM is presented in Table 4.8.
4-17 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.8 Emission Details of Pollutants
Excavation of Laterite Quantity, m3/year 184867 Operations Hours Per Year 2160 Activity Rate, m3/hr 95.81 Emission of Dust, gm/m3 0.1 Emission of Dust, gm/hr 9.6 Area of Influence, m2 4.8 Uncontrolled Emission Rate, g/s/m2 0.00055 Controlled Emission Rate, g/s/m2 0.00000055
Transport of Laterite Quantity, m3/year 184867 Operations Hours Per Year 2160 Capacity of Each Damper 10 Total Number of Dumpers Per Year 20694 Lead Length Per Trip 0.1 Total VKT Per Year 2069 Emission Kg/VKT 1 Total Emission Kg/Year 2069 Uncontrolled Emission Rate, g/s/m 61.9 Controlled Emission Rate, g/s/m2 0.06 The emission figures are derived by using the emission factors mentioned in air chief AP-42 published by USEPA.
4-18 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.2.5 Air Quality Predictions (Terms of Reference No. 23)
Prediction of ground level concentrations of pollutants was carried out based on site meteorological data collected during the study period. For calculation of ground level concentrations, a grid of 10 X 10 km with a receptor interval of 400 meters is considered.
The composition of particulate matter was obtained from USEPA AIRCHIEF AP-42 and the same was considered in determining the source concentration of PM10 and
PM2.5 for prediction purpose. It may be observed that the predicted maximum 24 hourly GLC’s of PM, PM10 and PM2.5 are 0.6, 0.2 and 0.07 g/m3 respectively and the maximum values are observed within the site. The isopleths of predicted ground level concentration are graphically presented in Figure 4.8 to 4.10. The predicted ground level concentration at various ambient air quality monitoring locations and the valued eco component of reserve forests in the impact area are presented in Table 4.9. The cumulative ground level concentration considering the observed ambient air quality values is presented in Table 4.10. It may be observed that there is a marginal increase in the ambient air quality of surrounding area due to proposed mining activity.
The mitigation measures proposed for controlling fugitive dust shall ensure that the impact is local in scope and their effects can be distinguished from the natural range of variability in physical, chemical and biological characteristics and processes. The impact magnitude is low with less than 2 g/m3change in the ambient air quality, confined to study area only. The impact occurs continuously during mining operations and manifests long term throughout operations; however, it is reversible after mining activity is completed. The certainty of impact is high based on quantitative evaluation of site-specific data while the level of confidence is high as the quantitative prediction is considered to be reliable, with a high probability of occurrence. The residual effect of the impact is dry deposition of particulate in mine lease area, which may join surface runoff and increase sediment load.
4-19 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.9 Predicted GLC’s at Monitoring Locations
Distance from Direction Predicted GLC,g/m3 S. No Location Name Site, km form site PM PM10 PM2.5 Buffer Zone A-02 Rudrakota 0.8 E 0.03 0.01 0.01 A-03 Chevuru 3.0 NE 0.00 0.00 0.00 A-04 Lakshmipuram 4.0 NW 0.00 0.00 0.00 A-05 Pepallavaripalem 3.3 NW 0.00 0.00 0.00 A-06 Maddurupadu 2.2 SE 0.10 0.04 0.02 A-07 Gamallapalem 3.0 SE 0.00 0.00 0.00 A-08 Chalamcherla 5.0 W 0.00 0.00 0.00
4-20 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.10 Cumulative AAQ Concentration at various locations in the Impact Area
Predicted GLC, Cumulative Distance from Direction Concentration, g/m3 S. No Location Name g/m3 Concentration, g/m3 Site, km Form site PM10 PM2.5 PM10 PM2.5 PM10 PM2.5 Buffer Zone A-02 Rudrakota 0.8 E 43 19 0.01 0.01 43.01 19.01 A-03 Chevuru 3.0 NE 44 20 0.00 0.00 44.00 20.00 A-04 Lakshmipuram 4.0 NW 43 19 0.00 0.00 43.00 19.00 A-05 Pepallavaripalem 3.3 NW 43 19 0.00 0.00 43.00 19.00 A-06 Maddurupadu 2.2 SE 45 19 0.04 0.02 45.04 19.02 A-07 Gamallapalem 3.0 SE 42 19 0.00 0.00 42.00 19.00 A-08 Chalamcherla 5.0 W 41 20 0.00 0.00 41.00 20.00
4-21 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 4.8 PM Ground Level Concentrations
4-22 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 4.9 PM10 Ground Level Concentrations
4-23 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Figure 4.10 PM2.5 Ground Level Concentrations
4-24 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.3 Occupational Health Hazards Due to Dust Pollution The mining activity results in mainly particulate emission and dust pollution. Progressive disintegration of suspended solid particles or dust results in major health problems. This micron sized particles, once air-borne, are extremely difficult to be collected or trapped. Due to the minute size of the particles, the ambient environment remains clear giving a deceptive sense of security to the workers and the management.
Dust will have impact on the health of the workers and the population of surrounding villages due to dry deposition of particulates. Lung function is impaired due to both respirable and non-respirable dust particles. Chronic exposure leads to respiratory illnesses like asthma, emphysema, severe dyspnea (shortness of breath), and bronchitis and in extreme cases pneumoconiosis or the black-lung disease of miners. The effect of dust is harmful to human health, necessitating implementation of effective occupational health and safety practices. The impact within the mine lease area is moderate negative with low magnitude, as the impact is localized, and is reversible with employee rotation, implementation of dust pollution mitigation measures and occupational health and safety practices. The impact on habitation is not significant as the predicted ground level concentrations are very low contributing to minor increase to AAQ, which is within the prescribed NAAQ standards.
4.4 Noise Environment
The source of noise during mining operation is loading, vehicular movement. Loading operations are intermittent during mine working hours, while vehicle movement is intermittent. The noise sources contribute to increase in background noise levels. The monitored values for noise levels are within the prescribed levels of CPCB. The incremental noise levels due to these activities were predicted and the values reflect low impact outside the premises. The increase in noise levels shall have low impact, restricted to within site area due to its low magnitude and occasional frequency. The incremental noise levels however shall have direct negative impact on the noise levels, with low significance due to mitigation measures and also due to absence of sensitive receptors within 1500 m of the sources.
4-25 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
The impact significance is calculated using RIAM. The impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on noise levels is presented in Table 4.11. The impact significance on noise levels is presented in Table 4.12.
4.4.1 Prediction of Impact on Noise Quality The change is criteria Noise environment is calculated by conducting noise quality impact predictions. The sound pressure level generated by noise source decreases with increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional decrease in sound pressure levels also occurs with increasing distance from the source due to atmospheric effect or interaction with the objects in the transmission path. This is due to excess attenuation. The sound pressure level is also affected by medium of travel and environmental conditions. The propagation model has been devised to take into account these factors and predict the noise levels at various distances round a single or a multiple source. The model uses the following formula as a basis for such predictions.
(Lob) = (Lr) - (Ldiv) - (Latm) Where (Lob) = Observed noise level at a distance R from source (Lr) = Noise level of source measured at reference distance r (Ldiv) = Loss due to divergence at distance R from source = 20 log (R/r) (Latm) = Attenuation due to atmosphere at distance R from the source. = a x R/100, where a is atmospheric attenuation coefficient in dB (A)/100m. For hemispherical wave divergence in a homogenous loss free atmosphere (Latm) = 0. The total impact of all sources at particular place is then estimated by adding as the contribution of noise from each of the following sources as follows;
i=n (Lob)i/10 (Leq) = 10 log {10 } i=1 Where n = total number of sources
The calculated noise levels are further super imposed (logarithmically) on the background noise levels. The model assumes that the noise spectrum is mainly centered on a spectrum of 1000 Hz and attenuation due to building materials is also at the same frequency.
4-26 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
The major sources of noise generation are excavation, loading, truck moment, DG set, which emit noise level of maximum 90 dB (A) - 110 dB (A) at a reference distance of 1m from the source. The predicted cumulative noise levels due to the source and the existing level as calculated from the logarithmic model without noise attenuation ranged between 55 and 75 Db (A) at distances ranging between 70 to 135 m which falls within the mine boundary. The impact of noise on the population in the surrounding area will be negligible, as the nearest habitation is 1.3 m away from the site.
The impact assessment indicates that the proposed Laterite mining activity in the cluster will have slightly negative change/impacts on ambient noise, whereas negative impact is indicated on change in criteria noise environment.
4-27 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.11 Impacts on Noise Level Impact Change in Change in Effects on sensitive Noise and behavior ambient noise receptors leading to vibration due to levels gradual impairment Activity noise Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ Line cutting, √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ Production stage Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ √ √ Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents Accidents during transport of material √ Extreme Weather phenomenon Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing Removal of structures √ √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ √ √ √ Indicates Impact Table 4.12 Impact Significance – Noise Level Importance (a1) (b1) + (aT) Magnitude Cumu- of Permanence Reversibility x (b2) + x Signi- of change/ lative condition (B1) (B2) (a2) (b3) = (bT) ficance effect (A2) (B3) Impact (A1) = aT bT = ES Change in ambient noise levels 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A Change in behaviour due to noise 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A Effects on sensitive receptors 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A leading to gradual impairment
4-28 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.4.2 Occupational Health Hazards of Noise Pollution
Exposure to noise levels, above TLV, has been found to have detrimental effect on the workers' health. Mineworkers working for more than 4 to 4.5 hours per shift will be greatly affected, unless suitable mitigation measures are adopted. The health impact of high noise levels on exposed workers may reflect in annoyance, fatigue, temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing, permanent loss of hearing, hypertension, high blood cholesterol and etc. Noise pollution poses a major health risk to the mineworkers. When noise in the form of waves impinges the eardrum, it begins to vibrate, stimulating other delicate tissues and organs in the ear. If the magnitude of noise exceeds the tolerance limits, it is manifested in the form of discomfort leading to annoyance and in extreme cases to loss of hearing. Detrimental effects of noise pollution are not only related to sound pressure level and frequency, but also on the total duration of exposure and the age of the person. Table 4.13presents frequency levels and associated mental and physical response of humans. The impact within the mine lease area is moderately negative with low magnitude, as the impact is localized, and is reversible with employee rotation, implementation occupational health and safety practices. The impact on habitation is not significant as the distance from mining activity is more than 1.5 km.
Table 4.13 Noise Exposure Levels and Its Effects
S.No Noise Level dB (A) Exposure Time Effects 1 85 Continuous Safe 2 85-90 Continuous Annoyance and irritation 3 90-100 Short term Temporary shift in hearing threshold, generally with complete recovery. 4 Above 100 Continuous Permanent loss of hearing Short Term Permanent hearing loss can be avoided 5 100-110 Several years Permanent deafness 6 110-120 Few months Permanent deafness 7 120 Short term Extreme discomfort 8 140 Short term Discomfort with actual pain 9 150 and above Single exposure Mechanical damage to the ear
4.5 Ground Vibrations There is no Blasting anticipated in the proposed mine lease area.
4-29 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.6 Water Environment There are no major surface water bodies within 3 km of the Mine lease area and the proposed mining activity is away from the drain. It is proposed to utilize groundwater from nearby villages for domestic purpose in the order of 7.6 KLD and it is proposed to utilize stored storm water for other mining operations like dust suppression and etc. The release of effluents may change ground water quality, change in run off quality, change in ground water and surface water interaction, change in channel morphology leading to deterioration of production levels of both terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna, resulting in higher concentrations of chemicals in food chain. The impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on water environment for both surface water and ground water is presented in Tables 4.14and 4.15 respectively. The impact significance is calculated using RIAM and presented in Tables 4.16 and 4.17 respectively for both surface and ground water environment respectively. The mitigation measure shall hence ensure that the impact is of low significance.
The impact assessment indicates that the proposed Laterite mining activity in the cluster will have slightly negative change/impacts on runoff quantity, change in runoff peak flow, and change in erosion and sedimentation, whereas negative impact is indicated on quality of surface water.
4-30 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.14 Impacts on Surface Water Change in Change Change Change Impact Change surface Dry and wet in in in Change in Change in in and deposition runoff surface Surface channel erosion and runoff ground leading to peak drainage water morphology sedimentation Activity quantity water acidity flow pattern Quality interaction Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ Line cutting, √ √ √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ √ √ Production stage Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ Operation Stage - Incidents and
Accidents Accidents during transport of material √ √ Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ √ √ √ √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Removal of structures √ √ √ √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact
4-31 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.15 Impacts on Ground Water Impact Change in Cha nge to Change in Change in ground ground water ground water ground water water and surface Activity quantity quality flow regime water interaction Construction Stage Site clearing, Line cutting, √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ Production stage Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ Transportation Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents Accidents during transport of material √ Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √ Removal of structures √ √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry Table 4.16 Impacts Significance - Surface Water Importa Magnitude (b1) + Reversi Cumula nce of of Permane (a1) x (a2) (b2) + (aT) x (bT) Significa Impact bility tive conditi change/effe nce (B1) = aT (b3) = = ES nce (B2) (B3) on (A1) ct (A2) bT Change in runoff quantity 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Change in runoff peak flow 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A Change in surface drainage 1 -1 3 3 3 -1 9 -9 -A pattern Change in Surface water 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 7 -14 -B Quality
4-32 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Importa Magnitude (b1) + Reversi Cumula nce of of Permane (a1) x (a2) (b2) + (aT) x (bT) Significa Impact bility tive conditi change/effe nce (B1) = aT (b3) = = ES nce (B2) (B3) on (A1) ct (A2) bT Change in surface and 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A ground water interaction Change in channel 2 -1 3 3 3 -2 9 -18 -C morphology Change in erosion and 2 -1 2 2 2 -2 6 -12 -B sedimentation Dry and wet deposition 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A leading to acidity Table 4.17Impacts Significance - Ground Water Importanc Magnitude Perm (b1) + Revers (a1) x (aT) x e of of anen Cumulativ (b2) + Signif Impact/aspect ibility (a2) = (bT) = condition change/effe ce e (B3) (b3) = icance (B2) aT ES (A1) ct (A2) (B1) bT Change in ground water quantity 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A Change to ground water quality 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A Change in ground water flow regime 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A Change in ground water and surface 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A water interaction
4-33 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.7 Land Environment The construction and operation of industry of this magnitude would result in change in land use from rainfed agricultural to mining in a land area of 36.669 ha. The proposed mining plan involves construction of site services. There is major alteration of terrain, and it results change in to foot print of the structures. The operational phase impacts shall be low due to effective implementation of mitigative measures in handling, storing and transferring wastes, effluents and chemicals. It may however be noted that significant negative impacts may occur due to accidental releases of wastes on soil. The impact significance is calculated using RIAM. The impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on land environment is presented in Table 4.18. The impact significance on land environment is presented in Table 4.19.
The impact assessment indicates that the proposed Laterite mining activity in the cluster will have slightly negative change/impacts on soil profile due to its disturbance, change in erosion, soil bio diversity and ecological integrity: C/N ratio, whereas negative impact is indicated due to alteration of terrain, Loss of nutrients due to land use operations, and impact on soil and flora due to wet and dry deposition of pollutants.
4-34 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.18 Impacts on Land Environment Soil bio Lan Groun Change in Impact Soil Accidenta diversity Change Alte d d acid buffering Loss of profi l releases and Soil in filter ratio capa sealing: function due emissio le Eros leading to ecologic comp functio n of bilit change to wet and dry n distu ion degradati al actio n: terra y in deposition: protecti rban on of soil integrity n permea in effe water CEC and base on Activity ce quality : C/N bility cts balance saturation ratio Factors Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ Line cutting, √ √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Site Services construction √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Production stage Dozing, Loading and √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Unloading Transportation √ √ Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents Accidents during transport √ √ of material Extreme Weather √ √ √ phenomenon Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ sealing Removal of structures √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact
4-35 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.19 Impact Significance – Land environment
Importanc Magnitude (a1) (b1) + Perma Cumu (aT) x e of of Reversib x (b2) + Significanc Impact nence lative (bT) = condition change/effec ility (B2) (a2) (b3) = e (B1) (B3) ES (A1) t (A2) = aT bT Soil profile disturbance 1 -3 3 3 2 -3 8 -24 -C Erosion 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A Accidental releases leading to 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A degradation of soil quality Soil bio diversity and ecological 1 -2 3 2 2 -2 7 -14 -B integrity: C/N ratio Alteration of terrain 1 -3 3 2 2 -3 7 -21 -C Land capability effects 1 -3 3 2 2 -3 7 -21 -C Soil compaction 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A Ground sealing: change in water -1 1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A balance Change in filter function: -1 1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A permeability Change in acid buffering function -1 due to wet and dry deposition: 1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A CEC and base saturation Loss of emission protection 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Loss of nutrients due to land use -1 1 3 3 2 -1 7 -7 -A operations
4-36 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.8 Biological Environment
The ecological factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna concerned are:
1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity? 1. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation? 2. Whether there shall be any additional risk or threat to the rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species? 3. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i) disruption of food chains, decline in species population and or (ii) Alterations in predator-prey relationships? 4. Whether it is possible to attain the global objectives of ‘no net loss’ of biodiversity? 5. Whether it is possible to improve the biological diversity through the proposed activity? There is no direct threat to any rare or endangered or threatened biological species as indicated by the baseline data, due to the proposed project, as the proposed construction area has sparse vegetation. The project is not going to cause any fragmentation of habitat or disruption of food cycles or destruction of breeding grounds or blockade of migratory routes. The major impacts of the project are mainly during construction and subsequently on account of atmospheric pollution. The industry is required to limit its emissions as per the NAAQ of 2009. It has to strictly adhere to the conditions stipulated by the regulatory bodies. The project authorities are going to take all steps and measures in order to strictly comply with National Ambient Air Quality Standards of 2009. The project may not have impacts on terrestrial flora and fauna. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or threatened (RET) species within the impact area, the project does not pose any direct threat to the survival of any rare species. Hence, the proposed project activity is unlikely to pose any additional threat to REET species in the impact area. It may be concluded that the impacts are indirect, and positive due to increasing the density of green belt, and of low significance. The impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on flora and fauna are presented in Tables 4.20and 4.21respectively. The impact significance on Flora and Fauna are presented in Tables 4.22and 4.23respectively.
4-37 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
The impact assessment indicates that the proposed Laterite mining activity in the cluster will have slightly negative change/impacts on Habitat availability –due to loss or alteration of habitat, fragmentation of Habitat, and reduced habitat connectivity, whereas negative impact is indicated due to possible reduction in abundance/diversity, and impact on soil and flora due to wet and dry deposition of pollutants.
4-38 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.20 Impacts on Flora Reduction in Reduction Potential Impact Terrestrial Removal of species and in acid input Fragmentation vegetation traditionally community landscape and N2 of habitat Activity reduction used plants diversity diversity deposition Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ √ √ Line cutting, √ √ √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ Production stage √ Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ Transportation Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents Accidents during transport of material Extreme Weather phenomenon Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ Removal of structures √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact
4-39 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.21 Impacts on Fauna Habitat Impact Reduced Increased Reduced availability- Habitat habitat mortality abundance/ loss or fragmentation Activity connectivity risk diversity alteration Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ √ Line cutting, √ √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ √ Production stage Dozing, Loading and Unloading Transportation Operation Stage - Incidents and
Accidents Accidents during transport of material √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ Removal of structures √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact
4-40 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.22 Impact Significance – Flora
Impact
(B2)
(A2) (A2)
=bT
Significance
Reversibility Reversibility
change/effect change/effect
Magnitude of Magnitude
Importance of Importance
condition (A1) condition
(a1) x (a2) = aT = (a2) x (a1)
(aT) x (bT) = ES = (bT) x (aT)
Cumulative (B3) (B3) Cumulative
(b1) + (b2) + (b3) + (b3) (b2) + (b1) Permanence (B1) Permanence Habitat availability - loss or -1 1 -1 3 2 3 8 -8 -A alteration Habitat fragmentation 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A Reduced habitat connectivity 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Increased mortality risk 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Reduced abundance/diversity 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A
Table 4.23 Impact Significance – Fauna (b1) Magnitude (a1) + (aT) Importance of Permanence Reversibility Cumulative x (b2) x Impact of condition Significance change/effect (B1) (B2) (B3) (a2) + (bT) (A1) (A2) = aT (b3) = ES = bT Habitat availability - loss or -1 1 -1 3 2 3 8 -8 -A alteration Habitat fragmentation 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A Reduced habitat -1 -A 1 -1 3 2 2 7 -7 connectivity Increased mortality risk 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Reduced -1 -A 1 -1 3 2 3 8 -8 abundance/diversity
4-41 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.9 Socio-economic Environment The proposed project envisages additional employment to 8 people, with monthly salary outlay of Rs. 9.6 lakhs which will have a direct positive impact. The proximity of the site to both Chintaluru, which has adequate infrastructure with respect to housing, education, transport, health and civic amenities, and hence have low impact on infrastructure availability. The impact on health was assessed by air quality impact predictions and was observed to be within prescribed NAAQ standards. There will be medium significant, direct negative impact due to community expectations and public safety concern as the unit handles, and accidents. The proposed CSR activities from the company shall also enhance the public approval for the project and ensure improvement in infrastructure in the surrounding villages. The overall impact due to this project shall be positive, both direct and indirect with high significance. The impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on Socio-economic environment is presented in Table 4.24. The impact significance calculated using RIAM method on socio-economic environment is presented in Table 4.25.
The impact assessment indicates that the proposed Laterite mining activity in the cluster will have moderately positive impact due to employment generation, negative impact due to possible migration of employees into this area (due to cluster), pressure on social infrastructure, on health due to emissions from mining activity and transport, stress on common water resources. The cluster shall have moderately negative impact on the transport infrastructure, while slightly negative impact is observed due to demand for additional housing, stress on municipal/panchayath infrastructure, stress on traditional land use, and concerns related to public safety due to increased pollution levels and transport related incidents. Positive impacts are observed due to change in quality of life, increased community expectations, possible additional employment for women resulting better gender equity, and business opportunity for locals in associated activities.
4-42 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.24 Impacts on Socio Economic
Impact on Co Muni Im Cha Impact Mig Ho Tr Tra commo mm Ge He Socia cipal/ pa nge Busi rati usi aff diti n water unit nd alt Public Empl l Local ct in ness on: ng ic onal resource y er h safety oym infras Body on qual oppo in im Im use both exp eq co concer ent tructu Infra he ity rtuni and ap pa imp ground ecta uit nce n re struct alt of ty Activity out ct ct act and tion y rn ure h life surface s water Construction Stage Site clearing, √ Line cutting, √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ √ √ √ Production stage √ Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Operation Stage - Incidents and
Accidents Accidents during transport of √ material Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and √ √ √ √ √ √ √ sealing Removal of structures √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact
4-43 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Table 4.25 Impact Significance – Socio Economic Importance (a1) (b1) + (aT) Magnitude of Permanence Reversibility Cumulative x (b2) + x Impact of change Significance condition (B1) (B2) (B3) (a2) (b3) = (bT) /effect (A2) (A1) = aT bT = ES Employment 2 +2 2 2 3 +4 7 +24 +C Migration: in and out 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B Housing impact 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A Social infrastructure 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B Municipal/Local Body 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A Infrastructure Traffic Impact 2 -2 2 2 3 -4 7 -28 -C Traditional use impact 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A Impact on health 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B Impact on common water resource both ground and 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B surface water Change in quality of life 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B Community expectations 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B Gender equity 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B Business opportunity 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B Health concern 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B Public safety concern 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A
4-44 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4.10 Prediction of Impact on Vehicular Traffic
The traffic density of the connecting road is low mainly consisting of local transport, commercial and passenger vehicle traffic. material is transported by road using road trucks. The additional traffic generated due to the proposed mining shall be 34 truck trips per day. There will be marginal increase in the traffic density.
The traffic study of the connecting road revealed that the peak traffic volume in PCU is 28 during 8 to 9AM and the level of service of the connecting road remains A, after proposed mining also.
4-45 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
CHAPTER 5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5.0 Introduction
The proposed mining activity is located at Survey No. 515/3 (p), Rudrakota Village, Kavali Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh in an area of 14.714 ha. Analysis of alternatives was undertaken to assess sites, process and technology and treatment options. The mining activity is site specific activity, and the selection of site is based on availability of mineral. The objective of this assessment is to identify best available technology not entailing excessive costs, and to reduce pollution loads by optimizing both raw material and resource consumption.
5.1 Alternative Sites
The availability of Laterite at this site facilitated the mine lease grant from Government of Andhra Pradesh. The proposed mine lease area is away from any sensitive locations. The mineral prospecting was done and accordingly a mine plan was prepared. There are no archaeological, historical, cultural or defence installation with in 10 km from the mine lease boundary. There is no national park and wildlife sanctuary/ecologically sensitive area within 10 km from the mine lease boundary. The mine lease area is not part of any flood plain.
5.2 Alternatives in Technology
Type of mining is contingent on geological, topographical conditions of the mine lease area, type of mineral and production capacity envisaged. The present case has of Laterite expand from 50583 TPA to 184867 TPA.
The process of Laterite mining will be opencast fully-mechanized mining with excavation. It involves excavating and loaded to trucks with the help of escalator and transported through trucks.
5- 1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
CHAPTER 6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 Introduction
The environmental monitoring programme provides such information on which management decision may be taken during mine planning and operation phases. It provides basis for evaluating the efficiency of mitigation and pollution control measures and suggest further actions that need to be taken to achieve the desired effect as part of adaptive management.
The monitoring includes: -
(i) Visual observations;
(ii) Selection of environmental parameters at specific locations;
(iii) Sampling and regular testing of these parameters.
6.1.1 Objectives
The objectives of the environmental monitoring programme are:
• Evaluation of the efficiency of mitigation and pollution control measures;
• Updating of the actions and impacts of baseline data;
• Adoption of additional mitigation measures if the present measures are insufficient;
• Generating data, which may be incorporated in environmental management plan in future projects.
6.1.2 Methodology
Monitoring methodology covers the following key aspects:
• Components to be monitored;
• Parameters for monitoring of the above components;
• Monitoring frequency;
• Monitoring standards;
6- 1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
• Responsibilities for monitoring;
• Direct responsibility,
• Overall responsibility;
• Monitoring costs.
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy proposed mining of Laterite using opencast fully mechanised method. Environmental monitoring of the parameters involved and the threshold limits specified are discussed below.
6.1.3 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring
Ambient air quality parameters recommended are Particulate Matter (Size Less
than 10µm) or PM10, Particulate Matter (Size Less than 2.5µm) or PM2.5, Oxides of
Nitrogen (NOX) and Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Carbon Monoxide (CO). These are to be monitored at designated locations starting from the day of operation of additional capacity. Data should be generated at all identified locations in accordance to the National Ambient Air Quality Standards; location, duration and the pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed out in the Environmental Monitoring Plan. Fugitive emission will be monitored in the predominant wind direction as per MoEF&CC guidelines. The National Ambient Air Quality standards are presented in Annexure I.
6.1.4 Water Quality Monitoring
The physical and chemical parameters recommended for analysis of water quality relevant are pH, total solids, total dissolved solids, total suspended solids, oil and grease, COD. The location, duration and the pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the Environmental Monitoring Plan. The monitoring of the water quality is to be carried out at all identified locations in accordance to the Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification – IS 10500:2012 (RA: 2020) presented in Annexure I.
6- 2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
6.1.5 Noise Level Monitoring
The measurements for monitoring noise levels would be carried out at all designated locations in accordance to the Ambient Noise Standards formulated by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in 1989 are presented in Annexure I.. Sound pressure levels would be monitored on twenty-four-hour basis. Noise should be recorded at an “A” weighted frequency using a “slow time response mode” of the measuring instrument. The location, duration and the noise pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the Environmental Monitoring Plan. The monitoring plan along with the environmental parameters and the time frame is presented in the Table 6.1. Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan Important Monitoring Duration Particulars Standards monitoring Frequency of Sampling parameters Ambient Air Quality Monitoring At 3 Locations Quarterly Air 24 hrs PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Site office, Rudrakota (Prevention NOx and Maddurupadu and Control villages of Pollu- Fugitive Dust Quarterly tion) Rules, 8 hr SPM, SO2, Nox Monitoring-4 Areas CPCB, 1994 (Mine face, haul road, Mineral storage, loading) Water Quality Monitoring At 2 locations Quarterly IS: 10500 pH, TSS, TH, TDS Working Pit, and & metals Rudrakota village Noise Quality Monitoring Noise Levels at 3 Quarterly Noise stan- 8 hrs Equivalent Noise Locations; Working pit dards by levels in dB (A) area, Rudrakota and CPCB Maddurupadu villages Soil Quality Monitoring Soil at 3 Locations Yearly pH, EC, CEC, Mine lease area, Moisture, Rudrakota and Texture, Bulk Maddurupadu villages. Density etc.
6- 3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
6.1.6 Responsibility of Monitoring and Reporting System
The overall responsibility of monitoring the above parameters lies with the management. The mine manager shall be responsible for day to day monitoring. The monitoring shall be conducted by MOEFCC registered laboratory, either in- house or third party.
Records shall be maintained for the analysis of pit water and effluents, ambient air quality data and noise levels. These records are not only required for the perusal of the Pollution Control Board authorities but also to derive at the efficiencies of the pollution control measures as the objective of the project proponent is not only compliance with statutory regulations, but also a serious commitment towards clean environment and sustainable development. The management shall maintain the records as per the hazardous waste regulations and EPA regulations and apply for the annual consents for air and water. Reporting system provides the necessary feedback for project management to ensure quality of the mitigation measures and that the management plan in implementation. The rationale for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of the Environmental Management Plan get implemented in the project.
6.2 Environmental Monitoring Budget
The budget for environmental monitoring for the parameters mentioned is calculated on the basis of CPCB notification of charges for environmental monitoring and analysis. The cost estimate for environmental monitoring is presented in Table 6.5.
Table 6.5 Environmental Monitoring Budget
Componen Unit Total Cost Item Unit t Cost, ₹. / Year, ₹. Ambient Air Quality – 3 locations Air Quarterly 6000 72000 specified in monitoring plan Fugitive dust – 4 locations Quarterly 2000 32000 specified in monitoring plan Water 2 locations specified in monitoring Quarterly 2000 32000 quality plan
6- 4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Componen Unit Total Cost Item Unit t Cost, ₹. / Year, ₹. 3 locations specified in monitoring Noise Quarterly 1200 14400 plan 3 locations specified in monitoring Soil yearly 1800 5400 plan Total 155800
6- 5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
CHAPTER 7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES (RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN)
7.1 Introduction Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy proposes production capacity Laterite by conducting opencast mining in an area of 14.714 ha at Survey No. 515/3 (p), Rudrakota Village, Kavali Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh.
Table 7.1 Details of Mine Lease Area
State and Lease Ownership of Mandal Village Sy. No District Area, ha the lease area Andhra Pradesh Kavali Rudrakota 14.714 Govt. Land 515/3(P) & SPSR Nellore
7.2 Objectives and Scope
Risk analysis has been carried out to identify the activities and materials considered hazardous and to prepare the emergency and disaster management plan for the hazards and risks anticipated from opencast mechanized mining activity for Laterite. The risk assessment involves hazard identification, hazard analysis followed by disaster management plan for the identified hazards.
7.3 Mining Activity
The proponents obtained a mine lease over an area of 14.714 ha and it is proposed to develop 12.31 ha initially in the lease scheme. The fully mechanized mining activity project involves site clearance, construction of haulage road, drilling and blasting excavation, loading and transportation of mineral. The services required for the mining activity are construction of office shed, restroom, toilets. The mine lease area is spread over a hillock.
7.4 Hazard Identification
The following mine operations involve hazards and the same are listed as follows;
a. Clearance
Clearance covers all the activities associated with preparing a site ready for laying out primary roads for working a face. 7-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
It may include tree clearance, and removal of the top layers of earth. In the present case the mining activity is on a hill top with low vegetation and very less top soil removal. The primary hazards are being struck by falling trees use of power saws, and dozers used in the removal of the top layers of soil and plants and dozer usage to convey it to storage areas.
b. construction of services
The hazards prevalent during the construction of new roads and buildings are falls, while working at heights and individuals being struck by moving vehicles. One of the hazards to be assessed is earth moving vehicles such as bulldozers being driven off the edge of roadways under construction. While all persons working at civil and construction works are at high risk those working at height or working with cranes, large earth moving plant will be at greater risk than those persons concerned with surveying, setting out and conveying supplies to the primary workers or those working at ground level. If suitable equipment is not used, for example if poor and badly constructed scaffolding is used there is a much higher probability of persons falling from heights or the scaffolding collapsing than if good properly constructed scaffolding is used.
c. Face stability
Face instability gives rise to gravel falls or slides. Face instability can arise due to adverse geological faulting or poor work methods. Those at greatest risk will be face workers engaged in loading material and driving vehicles.
d. Loading
The hazards related to loading activity in the proposed Laterite mine are rock falls on the driver, dozer topping over due to uneven ground, fall of driver while gaining access to dozer cabin, mechanical failure of dozers while loading.
e. Transportation
The main hazards arising from the use of transportation and large earth moving vehicles are incompetent drivers, brake failure, lack of all-around visibility from the
7-2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
driver’s position, access to the cab, vehicle movements particularly reversing, roll over, vibration, noise, dust and maintenance. Those most at risk are the driver and pedestrians likely to be struck by the vehicle, due to blind spots in the windshields of vehicles.
7.5 Hazard Analysis
The identified hazards are compared with the accident records of non coal mining activity as presented in Table 7.2. It may be noted that fall of sides followed by dumpers, trucks etc. are the main reason for fatalities, while non transporting machinery and fall of objects are the major cause for serious accidents in the mining sector.
Table 7.2 Trend of Accidents in Non-coal Mines - Cause Wise
Number of Fatal Accidents Number of Serious Accidents Causes 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019* 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019* Fall of Roof 8 10 4 8 3 3 2 17 18 9 11 5 6 1 Fall of Sides 2 2 5 5 5 2 2 19 17 11 8 13 12 3 Other Ground 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 movements Winding in 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 3 5 3 0 1 13 2 Shafts Rope Haulage 3 1 3 5 5 12 1 42 33 28 26 13 14 7 Dumpers, 29 17 16 20 19 15 7 22 15 14 12 6 10 0 Trucks etc Other Transportation 1 1 0 3 2 1 1 9 2 4 7 2 5 0 Machinery Non- Transportation 12 15 11 8 10 10 9 27 25 18 17 10 18 20 Machinery Explosives 0 2 0 0 2 2 1 1 3 5 3 3 0 0 Electricity 7 2 4 2 2 5 3 2 3 3 6 6 4 3 Gas, Dust, Fire 0 1 0 4 1 2 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 etc Fall of Persons 8 2 4 5 2 3 5 135 129 105 87 59 66 25 Fall of Objects 3 2 2 2 2 0 1 88 59 46 43 40 34 16 Other Causes 2 3 5 3 3 5 12 91 68 54 48 25 15 10 Total 77 59 54 67 56 50 45 456 379 302 268 183 197 87 *Date for the year 2019 are provisional and date for 2019 are as per the report received upto 31.10.2019. Source : Annual Report 2019-20, Ministry of Labour and Employment, Government of India
7.6 Disaster Management The mine lease area is located in Nellore district of Andhra Pradesh which falls in Zone III seismic zone considered to be which is considered as Moderate Damage
7-3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Risk Zone. The mine lease area does not fall under any of the flood plains, and is located on a hillock. There is no record of flooding at ground level also.
The hazards identified in the preceding paragraphs are addressed and the mitigation measures for reducing and or avoiding the hazards are presented in the following paragraphs.
7.6.1 Clearance
There are no major trees in the proposed mine area, and the required activity involves mainly clearing and grubbing only. It is proposed to use fully protected power saws in case of their usage, and employees involved in clearing and grubbing shall be provided with safety helmets, face shields, gloves, and boots.
7.6.2 Construction of Services
The risk of serious injury is high during construction of services, which may be reduced by planned construction activity incorporating safety measures and observation during construction.
Good well-maintained equipment and machinery is essential to reduce risk of injuries.
Falling from heights which is a major contributor to accidents in mining sector may be avoided by providing properly constructed scaffolding, built by experienced persons. The drivers of earth moving equipment, transporting equipment and their attendants are trained to provide signals. The lack of training and competence in the use of such equipment is the biggest cause of failing and accidents involving the use of excavators etc., and the same shall be reduced by recruiting experienced drivers and also providing them frequent training.
7.6.3 Failure of Pit Slope
Slope failures in mines are mostly associated with circular failure, a result of rock mechanics and properties such as cohesion, angle of internal friction, joint/shear planes, ground water flow conditions, rock density and the heights to be maintained. It is hence proposed to provide benches with a slope angle of 300. Additionally, pit slope failure is avoided by Regular examination of face and
7-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
remedial measures to make it safe if there is any doubt that a collapse may take place. Working is advanced in a direction taken into account the geology such that face and quarry side remain stable.
7.6.4 Transportation
Training of drivers in defensive driving incorporating usage of visual aids like rare view mirrors, avoidance of driving along the edge of haulage road etc. will mitigate the hazards. Proactive maintenance of vehicles will reduce the chance of brake failure.
7.6.5 House Keeping
The pathways and walkways to the work place will be demarcated with regular housekeeping to avoid tipping or toppling of men and material. Lack of maintenance may lead to roadways and walkways being unsuitable for their use.
7.7 Disaster Management Plan
The mining operation will be carried out under the direction of qualified mines manager and supervisors, based on the guidelines and directions of Directorate General of Mines Safety (DGMS) and Indian Bureau of Mines. Code of practice of different operations will be formulated to ensure safety of men and machines and to avoid various hazards mentioned above. Mine workers will be provided training on safe work practices. The following natural/ industrial hazards may occur during normal operation; slope failure at the mine faces; accident due to heavy equipment/ machinery.
In order to take care of above hazards/disasters, the following measures shall be adopted; all safety precautions and provisions of Mine regulation 1961 are strictly followed during all mining operations; checking and regular maintenance of garland drains and earthen bunds to avoid any inflow of surface water into mining area; entry of unauthorized persons shall be prohibited; fire fighting and first aid provisions in the mines office and mining Area; provision of all the safety appliances such as safety boots, helmets, goggles etc. would be made available to the employees and regular check to ensure their use; training and refresher courses
7-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
for all the employees working in the hazardous premises; working of mine as per approved plan, related amendments and other regulatory provisions; and suppression of dust on the haulage roads by providing water sprinkling.
7.7.1 Objective of Disaster Management Plan
The objective of disaster management plan is to identify mitigation measures to avoid hazards turning in to risk, the materials required for implementing the same, the personnel requirement and their roles and responsibilities, and the communication and operating procedures to be adopted in case of an emergency.
7.7.2 Communication System
The telephone numbers and addresses of mine sites in the vicinity, nearest fire station, police station, local hospital, electricity department, ambulance, and local public representatives and revenue officials shall be prepared and kept in custody of mines manager.
7.7.3 Facilities
The office shed will have provision of a small rescue room and first aid centre to provide first aid in the event of an emergency. The office shed will also function as emergency control room. It will be provided with telephone and mobile phones, and a vehicle for emergency transport.
7.7.4 Personnel
The mines manager is responsible for overall supervision of the disaster management plan. He will be assisted by supervisors, magazine in charge in implementing the emergency management plan and procedures.
7.7.5 Operating Procedures
The operating procedures during emergencies are related communication to the immediate supervisor, who would relay the same to mine manager. The mine manager may assess the requirement of first aid, external assistance, transportation
7-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
to nearby hospital contingent on the emergency. In the absence of mines manager, the senior most supervisor will be made responsible for disaster management.
7-7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
CHPATER 8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 Introduction (Terms of Reference No. 43)
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy proposed to conduct open cast mining at Survey No. 515/3 (p), Rudrakota Village, Kavali Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh. The proposed mining activity involves a capital expenditure of ₹.40 lakhs contributing to the local economy due to consumption of building construction materials from the surrounding areas and usage of construction labour from surrounding villages has a significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment of the area.
The project shall ensure availability of Laterite for pulverizing industries, cement industries and civil works. The mining project may result in provision of local employment of 8 people. The project may also generate indirect employment and also transport contracts to local people. The project may generate tax of approximately ₹.7.2 lakhs to Government of Andhra Pradesh. The total salary bill annually is ₹.9.6 lakhs, which would be spent within the local area, resulting in improved livelihood opportunities and life style. The project envisages spending 2.0% of the capital cost towards socio economic development of the neighbouring villages as part of corporate environment responsibility (CER). The programs shall be identified in consultation with public representatives and revenue officials.
8- 1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
CHAPTER 9.0 ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.0 Introduction
As per EIA Notification S.O.1533, dt. 14.09.2006, the Chapter on the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is applicable only if the same is recommended at the scoping stage. As per the Terms of Reference points issued by SEIAA, Govt of Andhra Pradesh, vide letter no. AP/NLR/MIN/09/2020/2106, dt.14.09.2020 for the mining project activity, the environmental cost benefits analysis and hence the same was not conducted.
9- 1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan
CHAPTER 10.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.0 Introduction
This section discusses management plan for mitigation/abatement of adverse environmental impacts and enhancement of beneficial impacts due to Laterite mining. The project activity involves mining Laterite mineral using opencast mechanized method. The mining activity involves clearing and grubbing, construction of haulage road, construction of site services, excavation and transport of mineral to end users. These activities result in air emissions, increase in ambient air quality levels, alteration of drainage pattern, sediment load from wind and water erosion, storm water runoff, and dry deposition of pollutants, increase in noise levels due to transport, etc, as described in the previous chapters. The EMP has been designed within the framework of various legislative and regulatory requirements on environmental and socio-economic aspects. The management plan is drawn in consultation with the registered qualified person who prepared the mine plan and the project authorities.
10.1 Sources of Pollution and Control Measures
The sources of pollution of air and noise from the proposed activity mainly from, excavation loading and unloading of material and transportation of mineral.
10.2 Air Pollution and its Control
Ambient air quality management at ML area is critical in every stage of mining activity, as airborne emissions are generated particularly during exploration, development, construction, and operational activities, even though the baseline as well as cumulative predicted concentrations are observed to be below the national ambient air quality standards. The principal sources include exposed surfaces such as stockpiles, waste dumps, haul roads and infrastructure resulting in fugitive dust, and to a lesser extent, gases from combustion of fuels in stationary and mobile equipment used for mining and for transporting the mineral. The following mitigation measures are proposed to reduce airborne dust and emissions.
10-1 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan
The extraction of Laterite forming part of topsoil may result in dust raise. The dust would be generated during mining and also during handling and transportation of the material. Personal protective equipment’s like nose mask and goggles etc will be provided to the workers. Regular water spraying on haul roads during transportation of mineral by water sprinklers. Over loading of transport equipment’s will be avoided to prevent spillage. Also, measures such as covering tarpaulin over the loaded material will prevent spreading of dust particles from the trucks. Speed controls on vehicle movements to limited speed. Wind erosion reduction control by plantation will reduce air borne dust dispersion. Limiting the height and slope of the stockpiles can also reduce wind erosion. Regular checking and maintenance of vehicles will be conducted and pollution under control certificate be obtained. Periodical monitoring of ambient air quality will help facilitate decision support for adaptive management.
10.3 Greening program
Even with various dust suppression measures in place, dust generated from mine faces, fine dust produced during mining operations are difficult to control. Therefore, in addition to the above mitigative measures, it is proposed to have a green belt in and around the mine site loading and unloading facilities, and in abandoned mine area during reclamation process. Width of the greenbelt will be maintained at 7.5 m. Additionally, all the exposed soils and other erodible materials will be revegetated or covered promptly, while all inactive areas shall be revegetated.
10.4 Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Dust Inhalation
Despite the above-mentioned mitigation measures for preventing dust generation and dispersion at site, the worker exposure to dust may lead to occupation health and safety impacts among workers. Hence workers at dust generation areas/activities like excavation, loading, unloading, are provided with dust masks. Dust masks would prevent inhalation of particulate matter, thereby reducing risk of lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. The workers shall have a medical checkup on employment and periodically monitored, to ascertain the impact of dust
10-2 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan and emissions on employee health if any. It is proposed to rotate the employees in dust generating areas to reduce the duration of exposure.
10.5 Noise pollution and its control
Sources of noise emissions associated with mining may include noise from vehicle engines, loading and unloading of mineral into dumpers and other sources related to construction and mining activities. Additional examples of noise sources include shovelling, ripping, transport on haulage roads, and stockpiling. The noise generation may be for any instant, intermittent or continuous periods with varying noise intensity. The ML area is a small mound. The ambient noise levels were observed to be below the stipulated limits.
The equipment systems will include cabins to ensure that the operators and other work persons, in and around the operating equipment, have comfortable workstations. It is proposed to adopt following measures to ensure noise levels within the permissible limits; Improved silencers, mufflers and closed noise generating parts, Procurement of excavation, loaders and dumpers and other equipment with noise proof system in operator's cabin, in addition to periodic maintenance of noise generating machinery including transport vehicles to maintain low noise levels, location of site office and other infrastructure away from the noise sources with the probability of sound waves being directed towards them being least and provision of green belt to mitigate propagation of noise.
10.6 Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Exposure to Noise
It is also proposed to provide ear muffs and ear plugs to employees working near noise generating sources, and rotation of employees to avoid continuous exposure to high levels of noise.
10.7 Water Quality Management (Terms of Reference No. 26)
10.7.1 Water Resources
The proposed mining activity is carried out from north towards south direction. The ground water level is observed to be 22 m below ground level (BGL) at a distance of 0.5 km away from mine lease area. Hence there will not be adverse effect on ground
10-3 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan water due to mining. The daily water requirement for the mine operations would be approximately 5.4 KLD comprising of requirement for water sprinkling on mine haulage roads etc consuming 2.5 KLD; green belt development water consumption of about 2.5 KLD; and domestic water requirement of 0.4 KLD. The required water is drawn from nearby village Rudrakoduru village/ storm water storage in worked out pits. The wastewater generated from domestic usage in the order of 0.3 KLD will be sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. The mineral proposed for mining is Laterite and is not known to have any toxic and is not soluble in water.
Erosion and sedimentation are also a major impact of mining activity as large area of land is exposed and opened for mineral. The area exposed due to mining shall be 12.31 ha in initial scheme period. Water erosion may be caused due to impact of rain drops (splash erosion), by concentrated flow forming rills, gullies or by sheet flows. Water erosion may result in sediment entering first order streams on site, and third order streams away from the site, impacting aquatic life and clogging of water ways. It is proposed to provide garland drains with rip rap at the discharge point to avoid sediment joining streams outside the ML area.
10.7.2 Rain water Harvesting Plan (Terms of Reference No. 26)
The rainwater of the working area will be collected at worked out area bottom during rainy seasons and it will be percolated through the joints or bedding plains. Due to percolation of rainwater from pit bottom, the ground water will get recharged.
10-4 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan
Figure 10.1 Garland Drain
10.8 Soil Conservation Measures
The applied area is a small mound. Soil in the area is hard and unfertile, therefore, growth of trees and plants is uncertain and not satisfactory. Hence there are no major trees in the area. Top soil, if any will be stacked at earmarked dump site with adequate measures to avoid erosion and the same will be used for reclamation and rehabilitation of the mined-out areas. To prevent soil erosion and wash-off of dump- fines from freshly excavated benches and dumps following measures shall be adopted; garland drains will be provided around the mine wherever required to arrest any soil from the mine area being carried away by rain water, toe drains with suitable baffles will be provided all along the toe of the soil dumps to arrest any soil from the dump slopes being carried away by the rain water, loose material slopes will be covered by mulch by making contour trenches at 2 m interval to check soil erosion both due to wind and rain, retaining walls (concrete or local stone) will be
10-5 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan provided around stockpile to support benches or any loose material as well as to arrest sliding of loose debris.
10.9 Afforestation / Greenbelt Plan
Density and width of greenbelt determine mitigation efficiency. Scattered and isolated trees will not form a greenbelt. Similarly, lawns and few ornamental herbs and shrubs are not going to make a greenbelt. Ideally, a green belt is a thick plantation of at least 7.5 m width on all sides of mining pit. The density of trees will be maintained at least 1500 trees per hectare in 3 m x 3 m or 2m x 2m spacing in an area of 0.3 ha with 500 trees and road site plantation of 2000 trees.
Design and development of a greenbelt
It is the job of a specialist such as a botanist or horticulturist or sylviculturist or an experienced farmer and a committed gardener. The primary consideration in the design and development of the greenbelt is the choice of plant species. It depends on suitability of soil, climate, and availability of water, extent of land available, nature of pollutants; its atmospheric emissions and other local circumstances such as the availability of planting stock.
In the present case, all the natural shrubs growing in the area where no mining is going to be undertaken shall be allowed to grow. Their growth shall be enhanced by aided natural regeneration which includes singling and digging of semilunar trenches at a distance of about 50 cm to 100 cm for trapping water and soil. Large gaps will be filled by sowing scarified and pelletized (with dung) seeds of the local shrubs.
Stem cuttings of Konda Vepa (Chukrasiatabularis) of about 1.5 to 2 m length and 10 to 20 Cm girth will be planted very closely in a rooting mixture of soil, sand and organic manure. The distal cut ends will be covered with wet dung as caps. These cuttings shall be watered and allowed to produce roots and new shoots. Rooted stem cuttings shall be transplanted in a couple of rows on the bunds of the garland drains and watered till they establish firmly. This is the cheapest, easiest and fastest way to develop thick greenery in a dry area like this. This is also the most common
10-6 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan local practice and locals are familiar with the process. It also provides employment to the locals.
As a matter of regular practice, it is suggested that thick rows of plants should be grown all along and around the boundary of the proposed mine lease area. Thus, depending on the local circumstances either greenbelt on all sides or block plantations within the proposed project site will be taken up and the top soil present as overburden will be used for reclamation of the areas meant for plantations. Based on suitability, desirability and adaptability, a short list of plants is chosen for greenbelt, avenue and block plantations and presented. The list of plants identified for green belt based on CPCB guidelines for green belt development is presented in Table 10.1.
Table 10.1 List of plants identified for greenbelt and restoration of mine pits
Botanical name Local name Importance Acacia nilotica Nallathumma Multipurpose Achras sapota Sapota Edible fruits Aegle marmelos Velaga Edible fruits & Medicinal Ailanthus excelsa Peddamaanu Tree borne oil Albizialebbeck Dirisana Shade, timber and scented flowers Azadirachtaindica Vepa or Neem Neem oil & neem products Cassia fistula Rela Ornamental and bark is a source of tannin Cassia siamea Seema Tangedu Ornamental tree Chukrasiatabularis Konda vepa Fast growth; thick canopy and propagation from cuttings Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Timber Dendrocalamusstrictus Bamboo Mainly as soil binder and bamboo Ficusbenghalensis Marri Shade and a source of food for birds Ficus religiosa Raavi Shade and a source of food forbirds Gmelina arborea Gummaditeku Timber Grevilearobusta Silver oak Avenue tree Holopteliaintegrifolia Nemalinaara Fibre and timber Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fodder and pulp wood Mangiferaindica Mango Edible fruit Mimosopselengii Pogada Shade and edible fruit Muntingiacalabura Singapore cherry Shade and edible fruit Peltaphorumpterocarpum Konda Chinta Shade Phoenix sylvestris Eetha Soils binder & fruit
10-7 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan
Botanical name Local name Importance Pithecellobium dulce Seema chinta Aril of the fruit is edible Pongamiapinnata Gaanuga Source of biodiesel Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Majestic tree with drooping branches Polyalthialongifolia Ashoka Avenue tree Psidium guajava Jaama Edible fruit Samaneasaman Nidrabhangi Shade, timber and fodder. Sapindusemarginatus Kunkudu Soap nut tree Spathodeacompanulata Flame of the forest Ornamental avenue tree Syzygiumcumini Neredu Edible fruits Tamarindusindica Chinta Tamarind fruit and leaf Tectonagrandis Teak Timber Terminalia arjuna Nallamaddi Timber and shade tree Terminalia catappa Baadam Edible nuts Ziziphushorrida Regu Edible fruit 10.10 Waste Management
There is no waste anticipated in the mine.
10.11 Environmental Management System (EMS)
The mine authority will adopt environmental management system (EMS) which will assist mine management to meet both current and future environmental requirements and challenges. EMS will provide a structural view and control of the organization’s environmental performance that will be applied from planning and exploration to mine closure.
The following components are being taken to establish an EMS; Organizational Commitment, Environmental Policy, Environmental Impact Assessment, Objectives and Targets, Environmental Management Plan (EMP), Documentation, Responsibilities and Reporting Structure, Training, Environmental Review Audits and Emission and performance monitoring.
The mine management will follow a comprehensive and systematic health and safety function which involves all personnel seeking to identify hazards and assessing risk to prevent and eliminate all accidents/injuries. The mine management will prepare a detailed reclamation and mine closure plan of mine operation prior to commencement of the mine operation.
10-8 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan
10.12 Environment Policy (Terms of Reference No. 7)
In order to protect environment and for sustainable development, an Environmental Policy will be adopted by Lessee as follows:
Objective
The Environmental Policy is framed specifically to fulfill the following objectives:
• Create a work environment which enhances/motivates production and productivity.
• Encourage safe and scientific mining and other engineering practices.
• Promoting awareness amongst employees and neighborhood population for adopting environmentally acceptable procedures and restricting environmental degradation and pollution to the barest minimum.
• To achieve Communal harmony and peace amongst employees and the local villagers for heading fast towards "sustainable development".
• Restoration of post mining land use to pre-mining status, to the extent possible.
• Prevent pollution in its activities associated with mining.
• Continually improve environmental performance and comply with environmental legislations and regulations.
• Conserving energy and other resources through optimum utilization and waste minimization. Reducing waste and fugitive pollutants emissions though extensive mitigation measures.
• Training and involving employees for development of Clean and Green Environment.
• Evaluate environmental performance through periodic reviews and audits to ensure that conduct of the organization is consistent with these principles.
10-9 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan
Responsibility
The mines manager is responsible for maintaining ecological balance by adequate environmental protection and environment improvement works is entrusted to the Mines Manager of the project. In the event of observation of non-compliance by any employee, the same is informed to mine manager and the lessee. These two will identify the cause and implement the mitigation measures or engineering controls or work practices required. The Lessee will monitor the environmental performance and guide the manager and employees for maintaining good environmental practices and to adopt newer, safe and cleaner technologies.
10.13 Socio- Economic Development
The project provides an opportunity for the local people to get employment directly or indirectly and helps in enhancing socioeconomic status of the area. The proposed activity generates employment to 8 people, and all the semiskilled and unskilled jobs will be provided to the local villagers. The management commits to involve in socioeconomic developmental activities in the surrounding community, in consultation with local stake holders, public representatives and revenue authorities. Many of the beneficiaries of such programs will include own employees as well. The goodwill of the local populace can never be ignored. The channels employed may vary either through direct contact or by means of local organizations. Another important facet of social environment identified by the project proponents is a green appearance; hence the management will develop a green belt towards aesthetic beautification as the same is necessary to be considered as a responsible, social neighbor. The development of the basic amenities viz. roads, transportation, electricity, drinking water, proper sanitation, educational institutions, medical facilities, entertainment, etc. will be assisted by the management.
10.14 Corporate Environmental Responsibility Action Plan
An amount of Rs.0.8 lakhs was earmarked for corporate environmental responsibility Action Plan, to be spent over a period of 5 years for the proposed project. The social development programs are identified in consultation with local authorities and district administration. The activities identified for social
10-10 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan development in the neighboring area, cost estimate is presented in Table 10.2. The schedule for implementation of these activities is a maximum of 5 years and the six- monthly compliance report to be submitted to the MoEFCC may show the scale of completion of CER activities.
Table 10.2 CER Plan and Budget for 5 years
Particular Unit Total, Rs. Installation of solar street lamps 20,000 per lamp 20000 Supply of saplings for tree plantation (Agroforestry) 100 Per Plant@ 5000 30000 Construct shed, sitting arrangements and a bore well in the premises of Cremation Lump Sum 30000 ground in village Total 80000
10.15 Environment Management Cell
A Cell for Environmental Management within Mine lease area at the project level, will take the overall responsibility for co-ordination of the actions required for environmental management and mitigation, and for monitoring the progress of the proposed management plans and actions to be taken for the project. The Cell will be under the overall supervision of the Mine Manager, and responsible for monitoring of the implementation of the various actions which are to be executed by the mine manager and his assistants. The Cell will be headed by Mine Manager and the other members of the cell that will include a part time Horticulturist.
The environment management cell is responsible for overseeing; Collection of water and air samples within and outside the work zone; implementation of the control and protective measures; land reclamation and vegetation; co-ordination of the environment related activities; collection of the statistics of health of workers; green belt development; implementing safety programmes; and monitoring progress of implementation of EMP.
10-11 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan
Post Project Monitoring
The survey of post project monitoring comprises of the following monitoring aspects;
a. Ambient air quality survey b. Noise Level Monitoring c. Water quality monitoring Ambient air quality and noise level Monitoring will be carried out at minimum two stations, one station within mine site other nearby residential areas outside the mine. Parameters like particulate matter, sulphur dioxide, oxides of nitrogen carbon monoxide and lead will be monitored in case of ambient air quality. Water quality monitoring will be carried out in the mine working area, sump and nearby village. The frequency of monitoring is preferably once in three months on 24-hour basis. The samples will be collected in accordance with the procedures given by CPCB.
10.16 Other Management Aspects
Records will be maintained for the analysis of ambient air quality, noise levels and water quality. These records are not only required for the perusal of the statutory authorities. The management will maintain the records as per the hazardous waste regulations and EPA regulations and apply for the annual consents for air and water, and renewal of authorization for the storage of hazardous waste as per the Hazardous Waste (Handling & Management) Rules, 1989. The records of hazardous waste manifest will be maintained. The mine shall obtain the consent for establishment (CFE) and consent for operation (CFO) from State Pollution Control Board as required under section 25/26 of the Water act, 1974 and under section 21/22 of Air Act, 1981, before commissioning and production from the Pollution Control Board as directed by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India. The CFO will be renewed each year by the management in consultation with SPCB. The mine will submit environmental statement every year before September 30. The management ensures that it will comply with all the directions and regulations issued by the Ministry of environment, forests and climate change, New Delhi, State and Central
10-12 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan
Pollution Control Boards. The Consent for Establishment, Consent for Operation will be displayed in a conspicuous location for the information of the inspecting authorities of different departments and all stake holders.
10.17 Occupational Health and Protective Measures (Terms of Reference No. 8, 35)
All the employees will have a medical checkup on recruitment apart from periodic checkup. All the workers will be provided with gum shoe, and helmets. Workers near noise generating sources are provided with ear muffs, and workers near dust generating sources are provided with dust masks. Green belt in and around mining area will be developed to attenuate noise and dust impact.
Drinking water to employees will be provided by the project authority. The standard of the drinking water will be as per IS 10500: 2012. Pre placement medical checkup shall be done and regular health checkup in is planned for all the mine workers. The frequency of health monitoring is presented in Table 10.3. Barbed Wire fencing will be provided to avoid undo incidents for cattle and human for protection of mine and mined-out pits. A safety pit will be excavated with 1.5m and 1m depth to avoid the trespassing of the human and cattle/wild life into the lease hold area. The pit slope will be maintained @ 23o in order to protect humans and cattle/wild life protection. Watchman will be engaged when the mine is temporarily discontinued. A regular monitoring of the Occupational Health and Safety will reduce the chances of accidents in the mine. Records of job-related accidents and illness will be maintained which will be reviewed and evaluated to improve the effectiveness of Environmental Health and Safety program.
Table 10.3 Frequency of Health Monitoring
Occupation Type of evaluation Pre- Frequency placement Mining area Chest X-ray, spirometry and I. At the time of Recruitment vision testing, Far & Near II. Every 5 years to age <30; Vision; Colour Vision; and every 4 years to age 31 – 40; and Hearing tests every 2 years to age 41-50; Once a year above 50 years.
10-13 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan
Noise prone Audiometry Annually areas
10.18 Cost proposed for Environmental Protection Measures
The overall investment on the environmental safeguards and measuring for successful monitoring and implementation of control measures is presented in Table 10.4. The capital cost for environmental management is ₹.5.28 Lakhs and annual recurring cost is ₹.2.27 Lakhs.
Table 1.4 Environment Management - Cost Estimate, ₹.
S. Capital cost Recurring Description Item Remarks No. cost Nose masks and Once a week. others 22400 9600 Replaceable, and cost may increase with time Road wetting 21600 4200 Water tanker Air 1 Plantation on road Re-plant the non- pollution side-3m interval and surviving plants, buffer zone-3m 124500 33200 watering and protection interval plus from animals maintenance Sub Total 168500 47000 Construction of Once only for the lease 89250 39270 Water garland drains period/life of mine 2 pollution De-silting operations Yearly and manual 57120 26520 operations Sub Total 146370 65790 Maintenance of Included in main cost Noise 82500 34500 3 machinery suitably pollution PPE's like Ear muffs 12250 3500 Once in six months Sub Total 94750 38000 First aid kits - 2 No's Once in year, replace by Fire extinguishers - 2 10000 4000 conducting periodical No's checkup Occupa- PPE's to all Safety shoe twice in a tional employees year, helmets once in 80000 33600 4 Safety three years and hand and gloves thrice in a year Health Training and Once in six months and awareness programs create sign boards about 15000 7500 on risk factors the risk and safety during emergencies precautions regularly
10-14 Team Labs and Consultants
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environnent Management Plan
by the experts Periodical medical Once in a year and checkup and supply 14000 2000 supply of medicines for of medicines every three months Sub Total 119000 47100 Ambient air quality - studies - Once in six 13600 months - 2 locations Water quality studies - Environ- - Once a year - 2 3000 Will be done through mental Locations 5 MoEF&CC/NABL monit- Noise studies - Once - recognized laboratories oring in six months - 2 4400 Locations Vibration studies - - Once in year - 1 7800 locations Sub Total - 28800 Grand Total 528620 226690
10-15 Team Labs and Consultants
SRI C.M. RAMASUDHAKAR REDDY SURVEY NO. 515/3 (P), RUDRAKOTA VILLAGE, KAVALI MANDAL, SPSR NELLORE DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Studies and Documentation By Submitted By Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy TEAM Labs and Consultants No. 8/111, R.S Road, B-115 to 117 & 509, Annapurna Block, R.S Kodur, Y S R Nellore District, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Andhra Pradesh - 516 101 Hyderabad-500 038 Mobile No. +91 94400 08434. Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Telefax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected]
SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, REGIONAL OFFICE, NELLORE Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Summary and conclusion
Chapter 11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
11.1 Introduction
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy obtained a mine lease to extract Laterite in an area of 14.714 ha using mechanized opencast mining at Survey No. 515/3 (p), Rudrakota Village, Kavali Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh. Laterite are considered as minor mineral and is mainly used for pulverizing industries, cement industries, building blocks.
2nd renewal of quarry lease deed executed work orders issued by The Director of mines and geology, Ibrahimpatnam vide proceedings no. 2570/R3-1/2019, dt.22.11.2019 for a period of 10 years (valid up to 09.09.2019 - 08.09.2029). The proposed mine lease area is government land. Mining Scheme was approved by the Deputy Director of Mines and Geology, Nellore Region vide letter no. 529/MP/NLR/Laterite/2019, dt. 04.11.2019 for a production capacity of Laterite expand from 50583 TPA to 184867 TPA. The capital cost of the proposed activity of mining is ₹. 40 Lakhs.
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), Government of India (GOI) issued notifications vide SO 1533, dt. 14.9.2006, its amendments based on the directions issued by National Green Tribunal (NGT), New Delhi vide O. A. No. 16 of 2016, dt.13.09.2018 and vide E.A.NO 55/2018 of O. A. No. 520/2016, dt. 11.12.2018 on Moefcc notification S.O.2269 (E), dt.01.07.2016 and S.O.3977 (E), dt.14.08.2018 and Office Memorandum dt.12.12.2018 issued in compliance with the hon’ble NGT orders, New Delhi, which mandate prior environmental clearance for all mining leases across the country. The notification and its amendments based on NGT directions, and stipulate a three-stage process of scoping, public consultation and appraisal by State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) to issue prior environmental clearance. Accordingly scoping for preparation of environmental impact assessment (EIA) was done by the state expert appraisal committee (SEAC), which issued terms of reference vide Letter No. AP/NLR/MIN /09/2020/2106, dt.14.09.2020 for a production capacity of Laterite expand from 50583 TPA to 184867 TPA in an area of 14.714 ha. Accordingly, the present study 11 - 1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Summary and conclusion
follows the prescribed ToR’s and draft EIA/EMP report for public consultation, to facilitate informed view on the project by public/stakeholders for the lease area.
M/s Team Labs and Consultants prepared Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the proposed activity. The report is prepared using baseline data of environmental status within 10 km radius of the mine lease area for major environmental components; water, air, noise, soil, flora, fauna and socio-economic environment for one season, and the proposed measures to be adopted for mitigating and controlling pollution.
11.2 Mine Location
The Sailentfeatures of the mine lease location are presented in Table below.
Sailentfeatures of the mine lease location and study area
Particulars Details Fully Mechanized Opencast method quarry for Laterite mine expansion from 50583 TPA to 184867 Name of the Project (s) TPA in an area of 14.714 ha by Sri C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Name of the applicant Sri C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Survey No. 515/3 (p), Rudrakota Village, Kavali Location of the Project Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh. Project / Activity 1(a) Category (A/B1/B2) B1 New / Expansion / Modernization Expansion Project Product Laterite production from 50583 TPA to 184867 TPA Capital Cost, 40 lakhs Legal Status of the Company Private Ownership / Occupancy Private Land Use Pattern (Forest, Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Govt. land – 14.714 ha Latitudes (North) 14° 58' 30.76540"– 14° 58' 51.69179" Longitudes (East) 79° 59' 36.31738"– 79° 59' 56.01642" Survey of India sheet No 57 N/13 Elevation above Mean Sea Level (AMSL), m 19-22 m Seismic Zone: III as per IS: 1893 (part -1): 2002 and Seismic zone can be classified as Least Active seismic Zone North : Open Land Site surroundings East : Connecting road
11 - 2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Summary and conclusion
Particulars Details West : Cheruvu South : Connecting road Nearest Village Rudrakoduru village – 0.4 km – E direction Accessibility to site Road connecting – East direction Pepallavaripalem to Rudrakoduru road - 0.1 km - S Road access direction Nearest Town Kavali – 6.3 km – SW direction District Head quarters Nellore – 57 km – South direction Nearest Railway station Kavali – 6.3 km – SW direction Nearest airport Renigunta Airport – 156 km – SW direction Nearest Port Krishnapatnam Port – 76 km – SE direction Major Industries (Within 10 km radius) Nil within 10 km Buckingham Canal - 5.3 km - E, Water Bodies in buffer area Bay of Bengal - 6.4 km – E. the Project / Activity attracts the provisions of CRZ Not Applicable Rudrakota RF - 0.1 km - N, Maddurupadu RF - 0.9 km - SW, Reserve Forest Jammalapalem RF - 4.2 km - SW, Mocharla chalamcharla RF - 4.3 km - W and NW, Narayanapuram RF - 5.1 km – SW. Archaeological/ Historical/ Ancient Monuments Nil within 10 km Inter-state boundary and international boundary Nil within 10 km Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Nil within 10 km Eco-sensitive areas as notified under section 3 of the E (P) Act, 1986 Nil within 10 km Critically polluted areas as identified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, Nil within 10 km
11.3 Proposed Method of Mining
The Laterite in the quarry lease area is exposed on the surface. Hence, it is proposed to mine by open cast fully mechanized method of mining.
11.3.1 Development and Production
The Laterite are exposed to surface without over burden.
11 - 3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Summary and conclusion
11.4 Conceptual Plan
The mining operations will follow mechanized open cast method. The entire reserves estimated under proved, probable and possible categories are exploitable except mineral blocked in 7.5 m buffer zone all along lease boundary as per statutory requirement. The total available reserves for quarrying estimated are 1627632 tons based on the mine scheme. Therefore, the targeted Laterite – 184867 TPA and the anticipated life of the mine is considered as 9 years. Since it is a mechanized open cast mine the impact is less, the land degradation is limited to the extent of open cast benches and haulage roads.
11.5 Employment Potential
The manpower requirement is 8 for various skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled jobs headed by a mine’s manager.
11.6 Site Services
The Site services provided are temporary office, rest rooms, first aid room, water for drinking in the mine lease area. Temporary sheds with cement plastered brick walls and G.I. sheet or grass roofing are constructed for site services. The workers required shall be sourced from surrounding villages. Drinking water is obtained from nearby villages through tankers to mining staff and workers. A tractor mounted tanker is provided for sprinkling of water mainly on village roads to suppress the dust generated due to vehicular movement. Fencing is also provided around working area to avoid accidental slippage of men and animals, while worked out areas are used as reservoir for storage of rain water.
11.7 Water Requirement and Effluent Generation
The total water requirement is 5.4 KLD. Water requirement for the proposed activity is mainly for maintaining the green belt (2.5 KLD), for sprinkling on the haul roads (2.5 KLD) to mitigate dust emissions and for domestic purposes (0.4 KLD). Stagnated water in worked out area is used for sprinkling, wet drilling and green belt development. The domestic water will be drawn from Chintaluru
11 - 4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Summary and conclusion
village. The generation of wastewater is from domestic source only; it is expected to be approximately 0.3 KLD, which is sent to septic tank followed by soak pit.
11.8 Baseline Environmental Status
The baseline data for ambient air quality, surface and ground water quality, noise, and soil quality was collected and analyzed for various parameters to determine the existing quality and flora and fauna study of the impact area was conducted during period of October 2020 – December 2020. The ambient air quality monitoring results shows that the values are within the prescribed limits of national ambient air quality standards. Ground water sample analysis results show that the values are above the limits for total dissolved solids, total hardness, most of the locations compared to Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification of IS: 10500-2012. Noise quality parameters in the study area are within prescribed limits of Ambient Noise Standards. There is no schedule I flora or fauna within the impact area.
11.8.1 Identification and Quantification of Impacts
The project activities that are likely to cause potential impacts on environment are mining operations, transport and associated infrastructure. Mining operations involve development of benches, haul roads, excavation, handling and transportation of mineral and waste materials. The likely effects of these activities are land degradation, fugitive dust generation, noise and vibration levels, increased run-off during monsoon and human health risks.
ISCST3 model was used for air quality impact predictions. The predicted maximum 24 hourly GLC’s for the ML were used to predict the ground level concentrations, and the maximum predicted values of PM, PM10 and PM2.5 are
0.6, 0.2 and 0.07 g/m3 respectively and the maximum values are observed within the site. The cumulative values (baseline and predicted) are found to be within the prescribed standards of national ambient air quality.
11 - 5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Summary and conclusion
11.9 Environment Management Plan
The management plan is drawn in consultation with the project proponent, mining engineer and geologist after evaluating various methods for mitigation and control of pollution. The environment management plan is drawn to address the impacts monitored, identified and predicted for the present project. The environment management plan addresses the impacts identified. The capital cost estimate of EMP ₹. 5.28 lakhs with annual recurring expenditure of ₹. 2.27 lakhs.
11.9.1 Dust Emissions
Dust will be generated during mining, drilling and also during handling and transportation of the material. Haulage of Laterite within lease area will lead to emissions of fugitive dust in the mining area. It is proposed to provide water sprinkling in haul roads to reduce the fugitive dust emissions. Tractor mounted sprinkler will be deployed.
11.9.2 Noise Pollution Control
Major noise sources during operation are mine machineries, equipment, occasional drilling and blasting and vehicular movement. The following measures will be adopted to reduce noise levels; improved silencers, mufflers and closed noise generating parts, regular and periodic maintenance of noise generating machinery including transport vehicles, location of site office and other infrastructures away from the noise sources. Personal protective equipment like earmuffs, earplugs. Canal caps will be provided to workers involved in work closer to noise generating sources. The exposure to noise levels is also mitigated by adopting employee rotation.
11.9.3 Water Resources and Waste Water Generation
The daily water requirement for the mine operations would be approximately 5.4 KLD comprising of requirement for water sprinkling on mine haulage roads etc. The other major impact anticipated from mining activity is erosion and sedimentation, as large area of land is exposed to erosion. it is expected to be approximately 0.3 KLD, which is sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. 11 - 6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Summary and conclusion
11.9.4 Land Management
Land degradation is one of the major adverse impacts of opencast mining in the form of excavated voids and also in the form of waste dumps. During plan period about 12.31 ha area will be occupied by pit, and plantation will cover 0.3 ha and roads cover an area of 0.3 ha. Other temporary constructions are dismantled after completion of mine workings.
11.9.6 Socio-Economic Environment
There are no settlements in the ML area. Hence no rehabilitation and resettlement (R&R) is required. The mining activity will improve the economic status of the people surrounding the mine lease area. The proposed project generates employment to 8 people, and all the semiskilled and unskilled jobs will be provided to the local villagers. Apart from employment, the state government and village panchayath will get royalty due to mining.
11.9.7 Green Belt
Greenbelt is proposed as an additional mitigation measure for dust control in addition to water sprinkling. It is proposed to have dense green belt in and around the mine site, loading and unloading facilities, and in abandoned mine area during reclamation process. About 0.3 ha (500 trees) area will be planted during next five years and road site plantation of 2000 trees. Precautionary measures like regular watering, providing manure and fencing will be taken up to achieve 90% of survival rate of plantation.
11.9.8 Transportation
The required truck trips for transporting the mineral from this mine lease shall be in the order of 34/day. Currently the Mine lease area is connected to NH5 road by a cart truck road.
11.9.9 Occupational Health and Safety Measures
Protective equipment will be provided to the employees such as safety shoes, helmets and dust masks. Dust masks would be provided for the safety of workers
11 - 7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Summary and conclusion
at site, engaged at dust generation points like drills, loading and unloading points, etc. Dust masks would prevent inhalation of particulate matter thereby reducing the risk of lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. Regular health monitoring of workers will be carried out. The health impact due to dust shall be addressed by rotation of employees from dust generating jobs after periodic health monitoring.
11.10 Environmental Monitoring Program
The monitoring program consists of collection and analysis of air, soil, noise and surface and ground water samples. Environmental monitoring shall be conducted on quarterly basis to assess the pollution level in the ML area and in the surrounding areas as well. An Environment Management Cell shall be established to look after all the environment related activities. This cell will be headed by the Mines Manger. The Cell is responsible for all the environmental management activities including environmental monitoring, greenbelt development and to ensure statutory compliance with the regulatory authorities. The total capital expenditure envisaged for environmental monitoring is ₹.1.56 lakhs.
11.11 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)
It is proposed to spend ₹. 0.8 Lakhs in seven years for CER activities like provision of drinking water facility, solar street lamps, trees plantation, development of play grounds. The management will provide training and awareness on job facilities to unemployed graduates and post graduates, embroidery and tailoring training to backward and weaker section women and training to local sports persons.
11.12 Mine Closure Plan
The disturbed land including area disturbed due to excavation, dumping, construction of haul roads, ramps, structures would be reclaimed before finally abandoning the mine.
Thus, the area shall be fully reclaimed during last five years of life of the mine. During post mining period all the disturbed areas will be reclaimed before decommissioning / abandoning the mine. The closure involves the; back filling the
11 - 8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Summary and conclusion
over and side burden, fencing around the pit and greenery development. The top bench shall be afforested with local grass and plants.
11.13 Conclusion
The environmental impact study identified various mining activities that may result in change in baseline status, and accordingly the proposed mitigation measures mentioned in mine plan and the environment management plan were observed to be sufficient to ensure least impact on the surrounding areas. The residual impact due to mining is mainly loss of habitat which has to be compensated, loss of biodiversity which can be offset, and worked out mine pit which has to be reclaimed. The management assures to adopt extensive plantation in surrounding areas to compensate habitat and biodiversity loss, thereby reducing the impact to the maximum extent, while taking responsibility for implementing an effective mine closure plan. The environmental impact study identified various mining activities that may result in change in baseline status, and accordingly the proposed mitigation measures mentioned in mine plan and the environment management plan were observed to be sufficient to ensure least impact on the surrounding areas. The residual impact due to mining is mainly loss of habitat which has to be compensated, loss of biodiversity which can be offset, and worked out mine pit which has to be reclaimed. The management assures to adopt extensive plantation in surrounding areas to compensate habitat and biodiversity loss, thereby reducing the impact to the maximum extent, while taking responsibility for implementing an effective mine closure plan.
11 - 9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
CHAPTER 12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.
EIA coordinator:
Name: Srinivasa Reddy Manchala
Signature and Date: March 1, 2021
Period of involvement: August 2020 to till date
Contact information: Team Labs and Consultants, B115 - 117, 509, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad 500038.
Functional area experts:
Functi Involvement S. Name of the Signature and date onal (period and task**) No. expert/s areas Period of involvement: August 2020 till date 1 AP M. Srinivasa Site visit, Design of AAQ network, supervision Reddy of AAQ monitoring, Compilation of emissions and characteristics, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for AP, Preparation of monitoring plan for AP. 2 HW M. Srinivasa Site visit, Characterization of solid wastes, Reddy storage, and disposal plan for various solid wastes, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for SHW. 3 RH M. Srinivasa Site visit, assessment of hazop reports, Reddy identification of sources of hazards, assessment of storages proposed in comparison with statutory regulations and calculation of FETI to assess the scope of risk assessment, preparation of isopleths for various scenarios as part of consequence analysis, identification of mitigation measures preparation of disaster management plan.
12-1 Team Labs and consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
4 WP G.V.Reddy Site visit, identification of monitoring stations, supervision of sampling, Characterization of effluent, effluent treatment, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for WP, Preparation of monitoring plan for WP. 5 SE G.V.Reddy Site visit, primary and secondary data collection of the impact area, assessment of impacts due to the project on socio economic status and project economy, preparation of CSR plan, Preparation of SE part of EIA report. 6 EB I. Sivarama Site visit, primary and secondary data collection Krishna related to ecology and biodiversity, assessment of impacts based on IAIA guidelines, preparation of mitigation measures and preparation of green belt plan and cost estimate, preparation of EB part of EIA report. 7 HG G.V.A. Identification of water sheds of the area by Ramakrishna preparing the drainage map, assessment of ground water potential of the site and impact area, preparation of rain water harvesting plan, assessment of impacts due to ground water abstraction and mitigation measures. 8 SC D. Sundar Identification of soil sampling locations and Rao characterization of the soils, interpretation of soil
analysis reports, assessment of impacts due to spillages, accidental releases of chemicals, effluents etc., and mitigation measures. 9 AQ M. Srinivasa Assisting AP FAE in identifying the AAQ Reddy monitoring stations by providing normal climatological and other historical data, Identification of Micrometeorological data monitoring station, supervision of met data collection using Automatic weather station, Preparation of emission details, Air quality impact prediction modeling, Calculation of work room concentrations of solvents using box model, Assessment of results and preparation of isopleths, assisting the AP FAE and EIA coordinator in preparation of EMP. 10 LU G.V.A. Preparation of land use land cover map using Ramakrishna satellite imagery, ground truth study, assessing the impacts due to project.
12-2 Team Labs and consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Environmental Impact Assessment Report
Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person
I, G.V. Reddy hereby, confirm that the above-mentioned experts prepared the EIA report for Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Name : G.V. Reddy
Designation: Director
Name of the EIA consultant organization: Team Labs and Consultants
NABET Certificate No: NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0114, Valid up to 24.09.2021.
12-3 Team Labs and consultants
SRI C.M. RAMASUDHAKAR REDDY SURVEY NO. 515/3 (P), RUDRAKOTA VILLAGE, KAVALI MANDAL, SPSR NELLORE DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
ANNEXURE
Submitted By Studies and Documentation BY
Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy TEAM Labs and Consultants
No. 8/111, R.S Road, B-115 to 117 & 509, Annapurna Block, R.S Kodur, Y S R Nellore District, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Andhra Pradesh - 516 101 Mobile No. +91 94400 08434. Hyderabad-500 038.
Phone: 040-23748 555/616,
Telefax: 040-23748666
Email: [email protected]
SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, REGIONAL OFFICE, NELLORE Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Annexure of EIA/EMP
ANNEXURE – 1 (Terms of Reference No. 1, 2)
Google image
A-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri. C.M Ramasudhakar Reddy Annexure of EIA/EMP
Reference: 1. http://www.bmtpc.org/DataFiles/CMS/file/map%20of%20india/eq-india.pdf 2. S.O 1533, dt.14.09.2006 and their amendments till date 3. Moefcc, standard manuals 4. Approved mine Plan
A-2 Team Labs and Consultants
Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012 Hkkjrh; ekud
ihus dk ikuh — fof'kf"V ¼ nwljk iqujh{k.k½
Indian Standard DRINKING WATER — SPECIFICATION ( Second Revision )
ICS 13.060.20
© BIS 2012 B U R E A U O F I N D I A N S T A N D A R D S MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG NEW DELHI 110002
May 2012 Price Group 6 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
Drinking Water Sectional Committee, FAD 25
FOREWORD This Indian Standard (Second Revision) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards, after the draft finalized by the Drinking Water Sectional Committee had been approved by the Food and Agriculture Division Council. This standard was originally published in 1983. A report prepared by the World Health Organization in cooperation with the World Bank showed that in 1975, some 1 230 million people were without safe water supplies. These appalling facts were central to the United Nations decision to declare an International Drinking Water Supply and Sanitation decade, beginning in 1981. Further, the VI Five-Year Plan of India had made a special provision for availability of safe drinking water for the masses. Therefore, the standard was formulated with the objective of assessing the quality of water resources, and to check the effectiveness of water treatment and supply by the concerned authorities. The first revision was undertaken to take into account the up-to-date information available about the nature and effect of various contaminants as also the new techniques for identifying and determining their concentration. Based on experience gained additional requirements for alkalinity; aluminium and boron were incorporated and the permissible limits for dissolved solids, nitrate and pesticides residues modified. As per the eleventh five year plan document of India (2007-12), there are about 2.17 lakh quality affected habitations in the country with more than half affected with excess iron, followed by fluoride, salinity, nitrate and arsenic in that order. Further, approximately, 10 million cases of diarrhoea, more than 7.2 lakh typhoid cases and 1.5 lakh viral hepatitis cases occur every year a majority of which are contributed by unclean water supply and poor sanitation. The eleventh five year plan document of India (2007-2012) recognizes dealing with the issue of water quality as a major challenge and aims at addressing water quality problems in all quality affected habitations with emphasis on community participation and awareness campaigns as well as on top most priority to water quality surveillance and monitoring by setting up of water quality testing laboratories strengthened with qualified manpower, equipments and chemicals. The second revision was undertaken to upgrade the requirements of the standard and align with the internationally available specifications on drinking water. In this revision assistance has been derived from the following: a) EU Directives relating to the quality of water intended for human consumption (80/778/EEC) and Council Directive 98/83/EC. b) USEPA standard — National Primary Drinking Water Standard. EPA 816-F-02-013 dated July, 2002. c) WHO Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality. 3rd Edition Vol. 1 Recommendations, 2008. d) Manual on Water Supply and Treatment, third edition — revised and updated May 1999, Ministry of Urban Development, New Delhi. This standard specifies the acceptable limits and the permissible limits in the absence of alternate source. It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented as values in excess of those mentioned under ‘Acceptable’ render the water not suitable. Such a value may, however, be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source. However, if the value exceeds the limits indicated under ‘permissible limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4 of Tables 1 to 4, the sources will have to be rejected. Pesticide residues limits and test methods given in Table 5 are based on consumption pattern, persistence and available manufacturing data. The limits have been specified based on WHO guidelines, wherever available. In cases where WHO guidelines are not available, the standards available from other countries have been examined and incorporated, taking in view the Indian conditions. In this revision, additional requirements for ammonia, chloramines, barium, molybdenum, silver, sulphide, nickel, polychlorinated biphenyls and trihalomethanes have been incorporated while the requirements for colour, turbidity, total hardness, free residual chlorine, iron, magnesium, mineral oil, boron, cadmium, total arsenic, lead, polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons, pesticides and bacteriological requirements have been modified. In this revision, requirement and test method for virological examination have been included. Further, requirements and test methods for cryptosporidium and giardia have also been specified. Routine surveillance of drinking water supplies should be carried out by the relevant authorities to understand the risk of specific pathogens and to define proper control procedures. The WHO Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality, 3rd Edition, Vol. 1 may be referred for specific recommendations on using a water safety approach incorporating risk identification. Precautions/Care should be taken to prevent contamination of drinking water from chlorine resistant parasites such as cryptosporidium species and giardia. Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012 Indian Standard DRINKING WATER — SPECIFICATION ( Second Revision )
1 SCOPE 4 REQUIREMENTS This standard prescribes the requirements and the Drinking water shall comply with the requirements methods of sampling and test for drinking water. given in Tables 1 to 4. The analysis of pesticide residues given in Table 3 shall be conducted by a recognized 2 REFERENCES laboratory using internationally established test method The standards listed in Annex A contain provisions meeting the residue limits as given in Table 5. which through reference in this text, constitute Drinking water shall also comply with bacteriological provisions of this standard. At the time of publication, requirements (see 4.1), virological requirements the editions indicated were valid. All standards are (see 4.2) and biological requirements (see 4.3). subject to revision and parties to agreements based on this standard are encouraged to investigate the 4.1 Bacteriological Requirements possibility of applying the most recent editions of the standards indicated in Annex A. 4.1.1 Water in Distribution System
3 TERMINOLOGY Ideally, all samples taken from the distribution system including consumers’ premises, should be free from For the purpose of this standard the following definition coliform organisms and the following bacteriological shall apply. quality of drinking water collected in the distribution 3.1 Drinking Water — Drinking water is water system, as given in Table 6 is, therefore specified when intended for human consumption for drinking and tested in accordance with IS 1622. cooking purposes from any source. It includes water 4.2 Virological Requirements (treated or untreated) supplied by any means for human consumption. 4.2.1 Ideally, all samples taken from the distribution
Table 1 Organoleptic and Physical Parameters (Foreword and Clause 4)
Sl No. Characteristic Requirement Permissible Method of Test, Remarks (Acceptable Limit in the Ref to Part of Limit) Absence of IS 3025 Alternate Source (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) i) Colour, Hazen units, Max 5 15 Part 4 Extended to 15 only, if toxic substances are not suspected in absence of alter- nate sources ii) Odour Agreeable Agreeable Part 5 a) Test cold and when heated b) Test at several dilutions iii) pH value 6.5-8.5 No relaxation Part 11 — iv) Taste Agreeable Agreeable Parts 7 and 8 Test to be conducted only after safety has been established v) Turbidity, NTU, Max 1 5 Part 10 — vi) Total dissolved solids, mg/l, 500 2 000 Part 16 — Max NOTE — It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’ render the water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under ‘permissible limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
1 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012
Table 2 General Parameters Concerning Substances Undesirable in Excessive Amounts (Foreword and Clause 4)
Sl No. Characteristic Requirement Permissible Method of Test, Remarks (Acceptable Limit in the Ref to Limit) Absence of Alternate Source (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) i) Aluminium (as Al), mg/l, Max 0.03 0.2 IS 3025 (Part 55) — ii) Ammonia (as total ammonia-N), 0.5 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 34) — mg/l, Max iii) Anionic detergents (as MBAS) 0.2 1.0 Annex K of IS 13428 — mg/l, Max iv) Barium (as Ba), mg/l, Max 0.7 No relaxation Annex F of IS 13428* — or IS 15302 v) Boron (as B), mg/l, Max 0.5 1.0 IS 3025 (Part 57) — vi) Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max 75 200 IS 3025 (Part 40) —
vii) Chloramines (as Cl2), mg/l, Max 4.0 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 26)* — or APHA 4500-Cl G viii) Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max 250 1 000 IS 3025 (Part 32) — ix) Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max 0.05 1.5 IS 3025 (Part 42) — x) Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max 1.0 1.5 IS 3025 (Part 60) — xi) Free residual chlorine, mg/l, Min 0.2 1 IS 3025 (Part 26) To be applicable only when water is chlorinated. Tested at consumer end. When pro- tection against viral infec- tion is required, it should be minimum 0.5 mg/l xii) Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max 0.3 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 53) Total concentration of man- ganese (as Mn) and iron (as Fe) shall not exceed 0.3 mg/l
xiii) Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, Max 30 100 IS 3025 (Part 46) — xiv) Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max 0.1 0.3 IS 3025 (Part 59) Total concentration of man- ganese (as Mn) and iron (as Fe) shall not exceed 0.3 mg/l xv) Mineral oil, mg/l, Max 0.5 No relaxation Clause 6 of IS 3025 — (Part 39) Infrared partition method
xvi) Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Max 45 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 34) —
xvii) Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), 0.001 0.002 IS 3025 (Part 43) — mg/l, Max xviii) Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max 0.01 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 56) or — IS 15303* xix) Silver (as Ag), mg/l, Max 0.1 No relaxation Annex J of IS 13428 —
xx) Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l, Max 200 400 IS 3025 (Part 24) May be extended to 400 pro- vided that Magnesium does not exceed 30
xxi) Sulphide (as H2S), mg/l, Max 0.05 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 29) — xxii) Total alkalinity as calcium 200 600 IS 3025 (Part 23) — carbonate, mg/l, Max
xxiii) Total hardness (as CaCO3), 200 600 IS 3025 (Part 21) — mg/l, Max xxiv) Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max 5 15 IS 3025 (Part 49) — NOTES 1 In case of dispute, the method indicated by '*' shall be the referee method. 2 It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’ render the water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under ‘permissible limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
2 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012
Table 3 Parameters Concerning Toxic Substances (Foreword and Clause 4)
Sl No. Characteristic Requirement Permissible Method of Test, Remarks (Acceptable Limit in the Ref to Limit) Absence of Alternate Source (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) i) Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max 0.003 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 41) — ii) Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max 0.05 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 27) — iii) Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max 0.01 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 47) — iv) Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max 0.001 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 48)/ — Mercury analyser v) Molybdenum (as Mo), mg/l, Max 0.07 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 2) — vi) Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, Max 0.02 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 54) — vii) Pesticides, µg/l, Max See Table 5 No relaxation See Table 5 — viii) Polychlorinated biphenyls, mg/l, 0.000 5 No relaxation ASTM 5175* — Max or APHA 6630 ix) Polynuclear aromatic hydro- 0.000 1 No relaxation APHA 6440 — carbons (as PAH), mg/l, Max x) Total arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max 0.01 0.05 IS 3025 (Part 37) — xi) Total chromium (as Cr), mg/l, Max 0.05 No relaxation IS 3025 (Part 52) — xii) Trihalomethanes: a) Bromoform, mg/l, Max 0.1 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* — or APHA 6232 b) Dibromochloromethane, 0.1 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* — mg/l, Max or APHA 6232 c) Bromodichloromethane, 0.06 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* — mg/l, Max or APHA 6232 d) Chloroform, mg/l, Max 0.2 No relaxation ASTM D 3973-85* — or APHA 6232 NOTES 1 In case of dispute, the method indicated by '*' shall be the referee method. 2 It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’ render the water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under 'permissible limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
Table 4 Parameters Concerning Radioactive Substances (Foreword and Clause 4)
Sl No. Characteristic Requirement Permissible Method of Test, Remarks (Acceptable Limit in the Ref to Part of Limit) Absence of IS 14194 Alternate Source (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) i) Radioactive materials: a) Alpha emitters Bq/l, Max 0.1 No relaxation Part 2 — b) Beta emitters Bq/l, Max 1.0 No relaxation Part 1 — NOTE — It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under ‘acceptable’ render the water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the absence of an alternative source but up to the limits indicated under ‘permissible limit in the absence of alternate source’ in col 4, above which the sources will have to be rejected.
3 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012
Table 5 Pesticide Residues Limits and Test Method (Foreword and Table 3)
Sl No. Pesticide Limit Method of Test, Ref to µg/l USEPA AOAC/ ISO (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) i) Alachlor 20 525.2, 507 — ii) Atrazine 2 525.2, 8141 A — iii) Aldrin/ Dieldrin 0.03 508 — iv) Alpha HCH 0.01 508 — v) Beta HCH 0.04 508 — vi) Butachlor 125 525.2, 8141 A — vii) Chlorpyriphos 30 525.2, 8141 A — viii) Delta HCH 0.04 508 — ix) 2,4- Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid 30 515.1 — x) DDT (o, p and p, p – Isomers of DDT, 1 508 AOAC 990.06 DDE and DDD) xi) Endosulfan (alpha, beta, and sulphate) 0.4 508 AOAC 990.06 xii) Ethion 3 1657 A — xiii) Gamma — HCH (Lindane) 2 508 AOAC 990.06 xiv) Isoproturon 9 532 — xv) Malathion 190 8141 A — xvi) Methyl parathion 0.3 8141 A ISO 10695 xvii) Monocrotophos 1 8141 A — xviii) Phorate 2 8141 A — NOTE — Test methods are for guidance and reference for testing laboratory. In case of two methods, USEPA method shall be the reference method.
Table 6 Bacteriological Quality of Drinking Water1) (Clause 4.1.1)
Sl No. Organisms Requirements (1) (2) (3) i) All water intended for drinking: a) E. coli or thermotolerant coliform bacteria2), 3) Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample ii) Treated water entering the distribution system: a) E. coli or thermotolerant coliform bacteria2) Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample b) Total coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample iii) Treated water in the distribution system: a) E. coli or thermotolerant coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample b) Total coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample
1)Immediate investigative action shall be taken if either E.coli or total coliform bacteria are detected. The minimum action in the case of total coliform bacteria is repeat sampling; if these bacteria are detected in the repeat sample, the cause shall be determined by immediate further investigation. 2)Although, E. coli is the more precise indicator of faecal pollution, the count of thermotolerant coliform bacteria is an acceptable alternative. If necessary, proper confirmatory tests shall be carried out. Total coliform bacteria are not acceptable indicators of the sanitary quality of rural water supplies, particularly in tropical areas where many bacteria of no sanitary significance occur in almost all untreated supplies. 3)It is recognized that, in the great majority of rural water supplies in developing countries, faecal contamination is widespread. Under these conditions, the national surveillance agency should set medium-term targets for progressive improvement of water supplies.
4 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012
system including consumers’ premises, should be free 4.2.7 MS2 phage are indicator of viral contamination from virus. in drinking water. MS2 phage shall be absent in 1 litre of water when tested in accordance with USEPA 4.2.2 None of the generally accepted sewage treatment method 1602. If MS2 phage are detected in the drinking methods yield virus-free effluent. Although a number water, virological examination shall be done by the of investigators have found activated sludge treatment Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) method for to be superior to trickling filters from this point of view, virological examination as given in Annex B. USEPA it seems possible that chemical precipitation methods method in Manual of Method for Virology Chapter 16, will prove to be the most effective. June 2001 shall be the alternate method. If viruses are 4.2.3 Virus can be isolated from raw water and from detected, the cause shall be determined by immediate springs, enterovirus, reovirus, and adenovirus have further investigation. been found in water, the first named being the most resistant to chlorination. If enterovirus are absent from 4.3 Biological Requirements chlorinated water, it can be assumed that the water is 4.3.1 Ideally, all samples taken including consumers safe to drink. Some uncertainty still remains about the premises should be free from biological organisms. virus of infectious hepatitis, since it has not so far been Biological examination is of value in determining the isolated but in view of the morphology and resistance causes of objectionable tastes and odours in water and of enterovirus it is likely that, if they have been controlling remedial treatments, in helping to interpret inactivated hepatitis virus will have been inactivated the results of various chemical analysis, and in also. explaining the causes of clogging in distribution pipes 4.2.4 An exponential relationship exists between the and filters. In some instances, it may be of use in rate of virus inactivation and the redox potential. A demonstrating that water from one source has been redox potential of 650 mV (measured between mixed with that from another. platinum and calomel electrodes) will cause almost 4.3.2 The biological qualities of water are of greater instantaneous inactivation of even high concentrations importance when the supply has not undergone the of virus. Such a potential can be obtained with even a conventional flocculation and filtration processes, since low concentration of free chlorine, but only with an increased growth of methane-utilizing bacteria on extremely high concentration of combined chlorine. biological slimes in pipes may then be expected, and This oxidative inactivation may be achieved with a the development of bryozoal growths such as number of other oxidants also, for example, iodine, Plumatella may cause operational difficulties. ozone and potassium permanganate, but the effect of the oxidants will always be counteracted, if reducing 4.3.3 Some of the animalcules found in water mains components, which are mainly organic, are present. may be free-living in the water, but others such as As a consequence, the sensitivity of virus towards Dreissena and Asellus are more or less firmly attached disinfectants will depend on the milieu just as much as to the inside of the mains. Although these animalcules on the particular disinfectant used. are not themselves pathogenic, they may harbour pathogenic organisms or virus in their intestines, thus 4.2.5 Viruses are generally resistant to disinfectants as protecting these pathogens from destruction by well as get protected on account of presence of chlorine. particulate and organic matter in water. Because the difference between the resistance of coliform 4.3.4 Chlorination, at the dosages normally employed organisms and of virus to disinfection by oxidants in waterworks, is ineffective against certain parasites, increases with increasing concentration of reducing including amoebic cysts; they can be excluded only components, for example, organic matter, it cannot be by effective filtration or by higher chlorine doses than assumed that the absence of available coliform can be tolerated without subsequent dechlorination. organisms implies freedom from active virus under Amoebiasis can be conveyed by water completely free circumstances where a free chlorine residual cannot from enteric bacteria; microscopic examination after be maintained. Sedimentation and slow sand filtration concentration is, therefore, the only safe method of in themselves may contribute to the removal of virus identification. from water. 4.3.5 Strict precautions against back-syphonage and 4.2.6 In practice, >0.5 mg/l of free chlorine for 1 h is cross-connections are required, if amoebic cysts are sufficient to inactivate virus, even in water that was found in a distribution system containing tested water. originally polluted provided the water is free from 4.3.6 The cercariae of schistosomiasis can be detected particulates and organic matter. by similar microscopic examination, but there is, in
5 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012
any case, no evidence to suggest that this disease is 4.3.9 Giardia shall be absent in 10 liter of water when normally spread through piped water supplies. tested in accordance with USEPA method 1623* or 4.3.7 The cyclops vector of the embryos of ISO 15553 : 2006. Dracunculus medinensis which causes dracontiasis or 4.3.10 The drinking water shall be free from Guinea-worm disease can be found in open wells in a microscopic organisms such as algae, zooplanktons, number of tropical areas. They are identifiable by flagellates, parasites and toxin producing organisms. microscopic examination. Such well supplies are An illustrative (and not exhaustive) list is given in frequently used untreated, but the parasite can be Annex C for guidance. relatively easily excluded by simple physical improvements in the form of curbs, drainage, and apron NOTE — In case of dispute, the method indicated by ‘*’ in 4.3.8 and 4.3.9 shall be referee method. surrounds and other measures which prevent physical contact with the water source. 5 SAMPLING 4.3.8 Cryptosporidium shall be absent in 10 liter of Representative samples of water shall be drawn as water when tested in accordance with USEPA method prescribed in IS 1622 and IS 3025 (Part 1). 1622 or USEPA method 1623* or ISO 15553 : 2006.
ANNEX A (Clause 2) LIST OF REFERRED INDIAN STANDARDS IS No. Title IS No. Title 1622 : 1981 Methods of sampling and (Part 41) : 1992 Cadmium (first revision) microbiological examination of (Part 42) : 1992 Copper (first revision) water (first revision) (Part 43) : 1992 Phenols (first revision) 3025 Methods of sampling and test (Part 46) : 1994 Magnesium (physical and chemical) for water and (Part 47) : 1994 Lead waste water: (Part 48) : 1994 Mercury (Part 1) : 1987 Sampling (first revision) (Part 49) : 1994 Zinc (Part 2) : 2002 Determination of 33 elements by (Part 52) : 2003 Chromium inductively coupled plasma atomic (Part 53) : 2003 Iron emission spectroscopy (Part 54) : 2003 Nickel (Part 4) : 1983 Colour (first revision) (Part 55) : 2003 Aluminium (Part 5) : 1983 Odour (first revision) (Part 7) : 1984 Taste threshold (first revision) (Part 56) : 2003 Selenium (Part 8) : 1984 Tasting rate (first revision) (Part 57) : 2005 Boron (Part 10) : 1984 Turbidity (first revision) (Part 59) : 2006 Manganese (Part 11) : 1983 pH value (first revision) (Part 60) : 2008 Fluoride (Part 16) : 1984 Filterable residue (total dissolved 13428 : 2003 Packaged natural mineral water — solids) (first revision) Specification (first revision) (Part 21) : 1983 Total hardness (first revision) 14194 Radionuclides in environmental (Part 23) : 1983 Alkalinity (first revision) samples — Method of estimation: (Part 24) : 1986 Sulphates (first revision) (Part 1) : 1994 Gross beta activity measurement (Part 26) : 1986 Chlorine residual (first revision) (Part 2) : 1994 Gross alpha activity measurement (Part 27) : 1986 Cyanide (first revision) 15302 : 2002 Determination of aluminium and (Part 29) : 1986 Sulphide (first revision) barium in water by direct nitrous (Part 32) : 1988 Chloride (first revision) oxide-acetylene flame atomic (Part 34) : 1988 Nitrogen (first revision) absorption spectrometry (Part 37) : 1988 Arsenic (first revision) 15303 : 2002 Determination of antimony, iron and (Part 39) : 1989 Oil and grease selenium in water by electrothermal (Part 40) : 1991 Calcium atomic absorption spectrometry
6 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012
ANNEX B (Clause 4.2.7) POLYMERASE CHAIN REACTION (PCR) METHOD
B-1 GENERAL 0.1 M citric acid with 10.3 ml of 0.2 M Na2HPO4 .2H2O under sterile conditions. The method involves the concentration of viruses from 100 litre of drinking water to 1 ml by membrane filter B-2.3 Procedure technique. The concentrate is subjected to amplification using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and primers Filter 100 litre of drinking water sample through based on highly conserved regions of viral genomes. membrane filter assembly using either positively This method can detect as low as 10 genome copies. charged membrane of 144 mm diameter or 0.22 micron Stringent precautions are needed to avoid diameter pore size nitrocellulose membrane. For contamination with amplified DNA products leading positively charged membrane the test water pH need to false positive reactions. Detection of hepatitis A virus not be adjusted. But for the 0.22 micron nitrocellulose (HAV) RNA and enterovirus (EV) RNA is considered membrane adjust the pH to 3.5 after adding the as an indication of presence of viruses in water. Steps aluminium chloride as a coagulant to a final involved include concentration of water, RNA concentration of 0.000 5 M. extraction, complementary DNA (cDNA) synthesis and At lower pH pass the water through the membrane. PCR. The flow rate shall be 40 litre/h approximately. After the completion of the filtration, elute the adsorbed B-2 CONCENTRATION OF DRINKING WATER particles using 100 ml of urea-arginine phosphate B-2.1 Apparatus buffer (U-APB). Precipitate the suspended particles using 1 ml of magnesium chloride (1 M). Dissolve the B-2.1.1 Pressure Pump resultant precipitate centrifuged out of the sample in B-2.1.2 Membrane Filter Assembly with 144 mm 800-1.0 ml of McII vaines buffer. The processed sample Diameter with Tripod Stand can be stored at refrigerator until required. B-2.1.3 Pressure Vessel (50 litre capacity) with B-3 RNA EXTRACTION Pressure Gauge B-3.1 Apparatus B-2.1.4 Inter-connecting Pressure Tubes B-3.1.1 Cooling Centrifuge B-2.2 Reagents B-3.1.2 Deep Freezer (–20°C) Autoclaved double distilled water shall be used for the B-3.1.3 Vortex Mixer preparation of reagents/buffers in this study. B-3.1.4 Pipette Man B-2.2.1 Aluminium Chloride B-2.2.2 HCl/NaOH Urea (Extra Pure) B-3.2 Reagents B-3.2.1 Cetyl Trimethyl Ammonium Bromide (CTAB) B-2.2.3 Disodium Hydrogen Phosphate (Na2HPO4. Buffer 2H2O) — 0.2 M, filter sterilized. CTAB : 1 percent B-2.2.4 Sodium Dihydrogen Phosphate (NaH2PO4. 2H2O) — 0.2 M, filter sterilized. Sodium Dodecyl Sulphate (SDS) : 1 percent EDTA : 20 mM B-2.2.5 Citric Acid — 0.1 M, filter sterilized. Sodium Chloride : 1 M B-2.2.6 L-Arginine — 0.5 M, filter sterilized. B-3.2.2 Phenol, Chloroform and Isoamylalcohol in the B-2.2.7 Urea-Arginine Phosphate Buffer (U-APB) — ratio of 25:24:1 (PCI) Mix 4.5 g of urea with 2 ml of 0.2 M NaH2PO4 and 2 ml of 0.5 M L - Arginine and make up the volume to B-3.2.3 Ethanol 50 ml with sterile distilled water. The pH of the eluent B-3.2.4 TE Buffer (pH 8.0) shall be 9.0. Tris base : 1 M B-2.2.8 Magnesium Chloride (MgCl ) — 1 M. 2 EDTA : 0.5 M B-2.2.9 McII Vaines Buffer (pH 5.0) — Mix 9.7 ml of B-3.2.5 Sodium Acetate — 3 M.
7 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012
B-3.3 Procedure antisense primer, 5’ — GGAAA TGTCT CAGGT ACTTT CTTTG-3’ Treat 300 µl of concentrated water sample with equal volume of CTAB and 1/10th volume of PCI. Vortex B-5.2.2 PCR Master Mix and centrifuge at 5 000 × g for 30 min at 4°C. Add 1/ B-5.2.3 Mineral Oil 10th volume of 3 M sodium acetate and double the volume of cold ethanol to the aqueous layer. Keep the B-5.3 Procedure mixture at either at –20°C for overnight or in liquid nitrogen for 2-5 min. Centrifuge at 10 000 × g, for B-5.3.1 PCR Amplification for Hepatitis A Virus (HAV) 30 min at 4°C. Discard the supernatant and air dry the In 5 µl of cDNA, add 95 µl of a PCR Master Mix (10 pellet and dissolve it in 20 µl TE buffer. mM TRIS–HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl, 2.5 mM MgCl2, 0.01 percent gelatin (1× PCR buffer), 200 µM of each B-4 COMPLEMENTARY DNA (c DNA) SYNTHESIS dNTP, 1.5 U of Thermus aquaticus polymerase). Add B-4.1 Apparatus 25 pico moles of sense and antisense oligonucleotide primers of HAV and overlay with mineral oil. B-4.1.1 PCR Machine Appropriate positive and negative controls shall be B-4.1.2 Deep Freezer (–20°C) included with each run. Set the following reaction at thermo cycler: B-4.2 Reagents Denaturation at 94°C for 2 min B-4.2.1 cDNA Synthesis Kit Denaturation for 1.0 min at 94°C 35 cycles B-4.3 Procedure Annealing for 1.0 min at 57°C Extension for 1.3 min at 72°C Suspend the extracted RNA in 20 µl of cDNA reaction mixture, which consists of 4 µl of 5X reverse Final extension at 72°C for 7 min. transcriptase reaction buffer [250 mM TRIS–HCl B-5.3.2 PCR Amplification for Enterovirus (EV) (pH 8.5), 40 mM KCl, 150 mM MgCl2, 5 mM dithiothreitol (DTT)], 0.5 µl of 10 mM deoxynucleotide In 5 µl of cDNA, add 95 µl of a PCR Master Mix (10
phosphate (dNTP), 2 µl of hexa nucleotide mixture, mM TRIS–HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl, 2.5 mM MgCl2, 1 µl of 25 U of Maloney Murine Leukaemia Virus (M- 0.01 percent gelatin (1X PCR buffer), 200 µM of each MuLV) reverse transcriptase, 0.5 µl of 20 U of human dNTP, 1.5 U of Thermus aquaticus polymerase). Add placental RNase inhibitor. Heat the reaction mixture to 25 pico moles of sense and antisense oligonucleotide 95°C for 5 min and rapidly chill on ice, this is followed primers of EV and overlay with mineral oil. by the addition of 1 µl (25 U/µl) of M-MuLV reverse Appropriate positive and negative controls shall be transcriptase. Incubate the reaction mixture as given included with each run. Set the following reaction at by the manufacturer of the kit and quickly chill the thermo cycler: reaction tube on ice. Denaturation at 94°C for 2 min B-5 PCR AMPLIFICATION Denaturation for 1.0 min at 94°C Annealing for 1.0 min at 42°C 35 cycles B-5.1 Apparatus Extension for 2.0 min at 72°C B-5.1.1 PCR Machine Final extension at 72°C for 7 min. B-5.1.2 Deep Freezer (–20°C) B-6 AGAROSE GEL ELECTROPHORESIS B-5.1.3 Micropippette B-6.1 Apparatus B-5.2 Reagents B-6.1.1 Micropippette B-5.2.1 Primers for EV and HAV B-6.1.2 Electrophoresis Apparatus EV sense primer, 5’ — TCC TCC GGC CCC B-6.1.3 Gel Documentation System TGA ATG CG — 3’ antisense primer, 5’ — ATT GTC ACC B-6.2 Reagents ATA AGC AGC CA — 3’ B-6.2.1 Running Buffer — 50X TAE buffer HAV sense primer, 5’ — GTTTT GCTCC TCTTT ATCAT GCTAT G-3’ Tris base/Tris buffer : 121.00 g
8 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012
Glacial acetic acid : 28.55 ml B-6.3 Procedure 0.5 M EDTA : 50 .00 ml Run the PCR amplified product of EV and HAV on Distilled water : 300.45 ml 1.5 percent agarose gel using 1X TAE buffer. Load (autoclaved) 10 µl of amplified product after mixing it with 1 µl Make the final volume upto 1 000 ml with deionised 10X loading dye. Run the molecular weight marker distilled water, sterilize and store at 4°C. The final along with the samples. Run the electrophoresis at concentration for the preparation of agarose gel and to 100 V for 30 min. Stain the gel with ethidium bromide run the gel shall be 1X. (0.5 µl/ml) for 20 min. Wash it with distilled water and view under UV transilluminator and photograph B-6.2.2 Tracking Dye — 6X bromophenol blue. the gel to analyse the band pattern. EV gives the band B-6.2.3 Ethidium Bromide — 0.5 µg/ml. as 155 base pair and the HAV gives band as 225 base pair.
ANNEX C (Clause 4.3.10) ILLUSTRATIVE LIST OF MICROSCOPIC ORGANISMS PRESENT IN WATER Sl Classification of Group and Name of the Organism Habitat Effect of the No. Microscopic Organisms and Organism Significance (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) i) Algae a) Chlorophyceae: 1) Species of Coelastrum, Gomphospherium, Polluted water, Impart Micractinium, Mougeotia, Oocystis, impounded colouration Euastrum, Scenedesmus, Actinastrum, sources Gonium, Eudorina Pandorina, Pediastrum, Zygnema, Chlamydomonas, Careteria, Chlorella, Chroococcus, Spirogyra, Tetraedron, Chlorogonium, Stigeoclonium 2) Species of Pandorina, Volvox, Polluted waters Produce taste and Gomphospherium, Staurastrum, odour Hydrodictyon, Nitella 3) Species of Rhizoclonium, Cladothrix, Clean water Indicate clean Ankistrodesmus, Ulothrix, Micrasterias, condition Chromulina 4) Species of Chlorella, Tribonema, Polluted waters, Clog filters and Clostrium, Spirogyra, Palmella impounded create impounded sources difficulties b) Cyanophyceae: 1) Species of Anacystis and Cylindrospermum Polluted waters Cause water bloom and impart colour 2) Species of Anabena, Phormidium, Polluted waters Impart colour Lyngbya, Arthrospira, Oscillatona 3) Species of Anabena, Anacystis, Polluted waters, Produce taste and Aphanizomenon impounded odour sources 4) Species of Anacystis, Anabena, Polluted waters Toxin producing Coelospherium, Cleotrichina, Aphanizomenon 5) Species of Anacystis, Rivularia, Polluted waters Clog filters Oscillatoria, Anabena
9 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012
Sl Classification of Group and Name of the Organism Habitat Effect of the No. Microscopic Organisms and Organism Significance (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 6) Species of Rivularia Calcareous Bores rocks and waters and also calcareous strata rocks and causes matted growth 7) Species of Agmenellum, Microcoleus, Clean waters Indicators of Lemanea purification c) Diatoms (Bacillareophyceae): 1) Species of Fragillaria, Stephanodiscus, — Cause Stauroneis discoloration 2) Species of Asterionella, Tabellaria Hill streams Taste and odour high altitude, producing clog torrential and filters temperate waters 3) Species of Synedra and Fragillavia Polluted waters Taste and odour producing 4) Species of Nitzchia, Gomphonema Moderately Cause polluted waters discoloration 5) Species of Cymbela, Synedra, Melosira, Rivers and Clog filters and Navicula, Cyclotella, Fragillaria, Diatoma, streams cause operational Pleurogsigma impounded difficulties sources 6) Species of Pinmularia, Surinella, Clean waters Indicators of Cyclotella, Meridion, Cocconeis purification d) Xanthophyceae: Species of Botryococcus Hill streams, Produces high altitude and coloration temperate waters ii) Zooplankton a) Protozoa: 1) Amoeba, Giardia Lamblia Arcella, Polluted waters Pollution Difflugia, Actinophrys indicators 2) Endamoeba, Histolytica Sewage and Parasitic and activated sludge pathogenic b) Ciliates: Paramoecium, Vorticella, Carchesium, Highly polluted Bacteria eaters Stentor, Colpidium, Coleps, Euplotes, waters, sewage Colopoda, Bodo and activated sludge c) Crustacea: 1) Bosmina, Daphnia Stagnant pollu- Indicators of ted waters pollution 2) Cyclops Step wells in Carrier host of tropical climate guinea worm iii) Rotifers a) Rotifers: Anurea, Rotaria, Philodina Polluted and Feed on algae Algae laden waters b) Flagellates: 1) Ceratium, Glenodinium, Peridinium Rocky strata, iron Impart colour Dinobryon bearing and and fishy taste acidic waters 2) Euglena, Phacus Polluted waters Impart colour
10 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
IS 10500 : 2012
Sl Classification of Group and Name of the Organism Habitat Effect of the Organisms No. Microscopic and Significance Organism (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
iv) Miscellaneous a) Sponges, Hydra Fresh water Clog filters and affect Organisms purification systems b) Tubifex, Eristalls, Chironomids Highly polluted waters, Clog filters and render sewage and activated water unaesthetic sludge and bottom deposits c) Plumatella Polluted waters Produces biological slimes and causes filter operational difficulties c) Dreissena, Asellus Polluted waters Harbour pathogenic organisms
11 Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only]. Free Standard provided by BIS via BSB Edge Private Limited to Team Labs and Consultants, B115,116,117 Aditya Enclave - Hyderabad([email protected]) 117.195.246.130 [for non-commercial use only].
Bureau of Indian Standards
BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promote harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and attending to connected matters in the country.
Copyright
BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Catalogue’ and ‘Standards : Monthly Additions’.
This Indian Standard has been developed from Doc No.: FAD 25 (2047).
Amendments Issued Since Publication
Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS Headquarters: Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telephones : 2323 0131, 2323 3375, 2323 9402 Website: www.bis.org.in
Regional Offices: Telephones Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg 2323 7617 NEW DELHI 110002{ 2323 3841 Eastern : 1/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Kankurgachi 2337 8499, 2337 8561 KOLKATA 700054{ 2337 8626, 2337 9120 Northern : SCO 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 3843 {60 9285 Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 2254 1216, 2254 1442 {2254 2519, 2254 2315 Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) 2832 9295, 2832 7858 MUMBAI 400093{ 2832 7891, 2832 7892 Branches: AHMEDABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. DEHRADUN. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR. PARWANOO. PATNA. PUNE. RAJKOT. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM. VISAKHAPATNAM. Published by BIS, New Delhi
THE NOISE POLLUTION (REGULATION AND CONTROL) RULES, 2000
(The Principal Rules were published in the Gazette of India, vide S.O. 123(E), dated 14.2.2000 and subsequently amended vide S.O. 1046(E), dated 22.11.2000, S.O. 1088(E), dated 11.10.2002, S.O. 1569 (E), dated 19.09.2006 and S.O. 50 (E) dated 11.01.2010 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.)
Whereas the increasing ambient noise levels in public places from various sources, inter-alia, industrial activity, construction activity, fire crackers, sound producing instruments, generator sets, loud speakers, public address systems, music systems, vehicular horns and other mechanical devices have deleterious effects on human health and the psychological well being of the people; it is considered necessary to regulate and control noise producing and generating sources with the objective of maintaining the ambient air quality standards in respect of noise;
Whereas a draft of Noise Pollution (Control and Regulation) Rules, 1999 was published under the notification of the Government of India in the Ministry of Environment and Forests vide number S.O. 528 (E), dated the 28th June, 1999 inviting objections and suggestions from all the persons likely to be affected thereby, before the expiry of the period of sixty days from the date on which the copies of the Gazette containing the said notification are made available to the public;
And whereas copies of the said Gazette were made available to the public on the 1st day of July, 1999;
And whereas the objections and suggestions received from the public in respect of the said draft rules have been duly considered by the Central Government;
Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by clause (ii) of sub- section (2) of section 3, sub-section (1) and clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 6 and section 25 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986) read with rule 5 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, the Central Government hereby makes the following rules for the regulation and control of noise producing and generating sources, namely:-
The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000
1. Short-title and commencement.-
(1) These rules may be called the ‘Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
2. Definitions- In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,-
(a) “Act” means the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986);
(b) “area / zone” means all areas which fall in either of the four categories given in the Schedule annexed to these rules;
(c) “authority” means and includes any authority or officer authorized by the Central Government, or as the case may be, the State Government in accordance with the laws in force and includes a District Magistrate, Police Commissioner, or any other officer not below the rank of the Deputy Superintendent of Police designated for the maintenance of the ambient air quality standards in respect of noise under any law for the time being in force;
(d) “court” means a governmental body consisting of one or more judges who sit to adjudicate disputes and administer justice and includes any court of law presided over by a judge, judges or a magistrate and acting as a tribunal in civil, taxation and criminal cases;
(e) “educational institution” means a school, seminary, college, university, professional academies, training institutes or other educational establishment, not necessarily a chartered institution and includes not only buildings, but also all grounds necessary for the accomplishment of the full scope of educational instruction, including those things essential to mental, moral and physical development;
(f) “hospital” means an institution for the reception and care of sick, wounded, infirm or aged persons, and includes government or private hospitals, nursing homes and clinics;
(g) “person” shall include any company or association or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not;
(h) “State Government” in relation to a Union territory means the Administrator thereof appointed under article 239 of the Constitution.
(i) “public place” means any place to which the public have access, whether as of right or not, and includes auditorium, hotels, public waiting rooms, convention centres, public offices, shopping malls, cinema halls, educational institutions, libraries, open grounds and the like which are visited by general public; and
(j) “night time” means the period between 10.00 p.m. and 6.00 a.m.
3. Ambient air quality standards in respect of noise for different areas/zones.-
(1) The ambient air quality standards in respect of noise for different areas / zones shall be such as specified in the Schedule annexed to these rules.
(2) The State Government shall categorize the areas into industrial, commercial, residential or silence areas / zones for the purpose of implementation of noise standards for different areas.
(3) The State Government shall take measures for abatement of noise including noise emanating from vehicular movements, blowing of horns, bursting of sound emitting firecrackers, use of loud speakers or public address system and sound producing instruments and ensure that the existing noise levels do not exceed the ambient air quality standards specified under these rules.
(4) All development authorities, local bodies and other concerned authorities while planning developmental activity or carrying out functions relating to town and country planning shall take into consideration all aspects of noise pollution as a parameter of quality of life to avoid noise menace and to achieve the objective of maintaining the ambient air quality standards in respect of noise.
(5) An area comprising not less than 100 metres around hospitals, educational institutions and courts may be declared as silence area / zone for the purpose of these rules.
4. Responsibility as to enforcement of noise pollution control measures.-
(1) The noise levels in any area / zone shall not exceed the ambient air quality standards in respect of noise as specified in the Schedule.
(2) The authority shall be responsible for the enforcement of noise pollution control measures and the due compliance of the ambient air quality standards in respect of noise.
(3) The respective State Pollution Control Boards or Pollution Control Committees in consultation with the Central Pollution Control Board shall collect, compile and publish technical and statistical data relating to noise pollution and measures devised for its effective prevention, control and abatement.
5. Restrictions on the use of loud speakers / public address system and sound producing instruments.-
(1) A loud speaker or a public address system shall not be used except after obtaining written permission from the authority.
(2) A loud speaker or a public address system or any sound producing instrument or a musical instrument or a sound amplifier shall not be used at night time except in closed premises for communication within, like auditoria, conference rooms, community halls, banquet halls or during a public emergency.
(3) Notwithstanding any thing contained in sub-rule (2), the State Government may subject to such terms and conditions as are necessary to reduce noise pollution, permit use of loud speakers or public address system and the like during night hours (between 10.00 p.m. to 12.00 midnight) on or during any cultural or religious festive occasion of a limited duration not exceeding fifteen days in all during a calendar year. The concerned State Government shall generally specify in advance, the number and particulars of the days on which such exemption would be operative.
(4) The noise level at the boundary of the public place, where loudspeaker or public address system or any other noise source is being used shall not exceed 10 dB (A) above the ambient noise standards for the area or 75 dB (A) whichever is lower;
(5) The peripheral noise level of a privately owned sound system or a sound producing instrument shall not, at the boundary of the private place, exceed by more than 5 dB (A) the ambient noise standards specified for the area in which it is used.
5A. Restrictions on the use of horns, sound emitting construction equipments and bursting of fire crackers:-
(1) No horn shall be used in silence zones or during night time in residential areas except during a public emergency.
(2) Sound emitting fire crackers shall not be burst in silence zone or during night time.
(3) Sound emitting construction equipments shall not be used or operated during night time in residential areas and silence zones.
6. Consequences of any violation in silence zone / area.-
Whoever, in any place covered under the silence zone / area commits any of the following offence, he shall be liable for penalty under the provisions of the Act:-
(i) whoever, plays any music or uses any sound amplifiers,
(ii) whoever, beats a drum or tom-tom or blows a horn either musical or pressure, or trumpet or beats or sounds any instrument, or
(iii) whoever, exhibits any mimetic, musical or other performances of a nature to attract crowds.
(iv) whoever, bursts sound emitting fire crackers; or
(v) whoever, uses a loud speaker or a public address system.
7. Complaints to be made to the authority.-
(1) A person may, if the noise level exceeds the ambient noise standards by 10 dB (A) or more given in the corresponding columns against any area / zone or, if there is a violation of any provision of these rules regarding restrictions imposed during night time, make a complaint to the authority.
(2) The authority shall act on the complaint and take action against the violator in accordance with the provisions of these rules and any other law in force.
8 Power to prohibit etc. continuance of music sound or noise.-
(1) If the authority is satisfied from the report of an officer incharge of a police station or other information received by him including from the complainant that it is necessary to do so in order to prevent annoyance, disturbance, discomfort or injury or risk of annoyance, disturbance, discomfort or injury to the public or to any person who dwell or occupy property on the vicinity, he may, by a written order issue such directions as he may consider necessary to any person for preventing, prohibiting, controlling or regulating:-
(a) the incidence or continuance in or upon any premises of-
(i) any vocal or instrumental music,
(ii) sounds caused by playing, beating, clashing, blowing or use in any manner whatsoever of any instrument including loudspeakers, public address systems, horn, construction equipment, appliance or apparatus or contrivance which is capable of producing or re-producing sound, or
(iii) sound caused by bursting of sound emitting fire crackers, or,
(b) the carrying on in or upon, any premises of any trade, avocation or operation or process resulting in or attended with noise.
(2) The authority empowered under sub-rule (1) may, either on its own motion, or on the application of any person aggrieved by an order made under sub-rule (1), either rescind, modify or alter any such order:
Provided that before any such application is disposed of, the said authority shall afford to the applicant and to the original complainant, as the case may be, an opportunity of appearing before it either in person or by a person representing him and showing cause against the order and shall, if it rejects any such application either wholly or in part, record its reasons for such rejection.
SCHEDULE
(see rule 3(1) and 4(1))
Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise
Area Category of Area / Zone Limits in dB(A) Leq* Code ------Day Time Night Time
(A) Industrial area 75 70 (B) Commercial area 65 55 (C) Residential area 55 45 (D) Silence Zone 50 40
Note:- 1. Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m. 2. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m. 3. Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 metres around hospitals, educational institutions, courts, religious places or any other area which is declared as such by the competent authority 4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by the competent authority.
* dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing.
A “decibel” is a unit in which noise is measured.
“A”, in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighting in the measurement of noise and corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human ear.
Leq: It is an energy mean of the noise level over a specified period.
Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner
Quality Council of India
National Accreditation Board for Education & Training Certificate of Accreditation
Team Labs and Consultants B-115, 116, 117 and 509, Annapurna Block, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad- 500 038
Accredited as Category - A organization under the QCI-NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations: Version 3 for preparing EIA-EMP reports in the following Sectors:
Sector (as per) Sl.No Sector Description Cat. NABET MoEFCC 1 Mining of minerals including opencast / underground mining 1 1 (a) (i) A 2 Thermal power plants 4 1 (d) B 3 Mineral beneficiation 7 2 (b) A 4 Metallurgical industries (ferrous & non-ferrous) 8 3 (a) A 5 Cement plants 9 3 (b) B 6 Coke oven plants 11 4 (b) A 7 Chlor-alkali industry 13 4 (d) A 8 Chemical fertilizers 16 5 (a) A 9 Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations) 17 5 (b) A Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and 10 intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic 21 5 (f) A chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) 11 Sugar Industry 25 5 (j) B Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/areas, export processing Zones(EPZs), 12 31 7 (c) A Special Economic Zones(SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes 13 Highways 34 7 (f) A 14 Building and construction projects 38 8 (a) B 15 Townships and Area development projects 39 8 (b) B Note: Names of approved EIA Coordinators and Functional Area Experts are mentioned in SA AC minutes dated May 29, 2020 posted on QCI-NABET website.
The Accreditation shall remain in force subject to continued compliance to the terms and conditions mentioned in QCI-NABET’s letter of accreditation bearing no. QCI/NABET/ENV/ACO/20/1466 dated September 04, 2020.The accreditation needs to be renewed before the expiry date by Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad following due process of assessment.
Sr. Director, NABET Certificate No. Valid up to Dated: Sep. 04, 2020 NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0114 24.09.2021
For the updated List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations with approved Sectors please refer to QCI-NABET website.
SRI C.M. RAMASUDHAKAR REDDY SURVEY NO. 515/3 (P), RUDRAKOTA VILLAGE, KAVALI MANDAL, SPSR NELLORE DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH
TEAM Labs and Consultants (An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Organization) NABET – Certificate No: NABET/ EIA/1821/ SA 0114, dt.04.09.2020 B-115 to 117 & 509, Annapurna Block, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad-500 038. Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Tele fax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected]